7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
2 *
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
4 *
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
8 */
|
|
9
|
|
10 /*
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
12 */
|
|
13
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
15
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
17 /*
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
19 */
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
21
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
7
|
37
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
39
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
41 {
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
59
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
61
|
|
62 /*
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
64 */
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
67 {
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
75
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
78
|
|
79 /*
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
7
|
85 */
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
449
|
89
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
93
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
449
|
107
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
112 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
114 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_show_pum __ARGS((void));
|
7
|
116 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
117 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
540
|
119 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
120 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
121 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
122 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
123 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
610
|
124 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
125 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
126 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
7
|
127 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
128 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
129 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
130
|
|
131 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
132 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
133 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
134 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
135
|
|
136 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
137 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
138 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
139 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
140 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
141 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
142 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
221
|
143 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
144 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
484
|
145 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
497
|
146 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
221
|
147 #endif
|
7
|
148 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
149 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
150 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
151 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
152 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
153 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
155 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
156 #endif
|
|
157 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
158 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
160 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
162 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
163 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
449
|
164 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
477
|
165 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
7
|
166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
168 #endif
|
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
170 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
171 #endif
|
449
|
172 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
173 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
7
|
174 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
175 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
176 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
178 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
179 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
180 #endif
|
|
181 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
182 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
183 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
184 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
185 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
186 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
187 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
188 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
189 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
190 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
191 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
192 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
193 #endif
|
|
194 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
195 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
196 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
197 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
199 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
449
|
200 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
7
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
202 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
204 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
205
|
|
206 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
207 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
208
|
|
209 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
210 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
211 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
212 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
603
|
213 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
7
|
214
|
|
215 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
216 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
218
|
|
219 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
220
|
|
221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
298
|
222 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
223 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
224 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
225 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
7
|
226 #endif
|
|
227
|
|
228 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
229 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
230 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
231
|
|
232 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
233 under the cursor */
|
|
234
|
|
235 /*
|
|
236 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
237 *
|
|
238 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
239 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
240 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
241 * 'R' replace command
|
|
242 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
243 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
244 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
245 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
246 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
247 *
|
|
248 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
249 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
250 *
|
|
251 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
252 */
|
|
253 int
|
|
254 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
255 int cmdchar;
|
|
256 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
257 long count;
|
|
258 {
|
|
259 int c = 0;
|
|
260 char_u *ptr;
|
|
261 int lastc;
|
|
262 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
263 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
264 int i;
|
|
265 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
267 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
269 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
270 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
271 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
272 #endif
|
|
273 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
274 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
477
|
275 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
7
|
276
|
603
|
277 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
278 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
279
|
7
|
280 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
281 * error message */
|
|
282 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
283
|
|
284 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
285 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
286 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
287 {
|
|
288 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
289 return FALSE;
|
|
290 }
|
|
291 #endif
|
|
292
|
|
293 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
294 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
295 #endif
|
|
296
|
11
|
297 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
298 /*
|
|
299 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
300 */
|
|
301 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
302 {
|
532
|
303 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
11
|
304 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
305 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
306 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
307 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
308 else
|
|
309 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
310 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
532
|
311 # endif
|
11
|
312 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
313 }
|
|
314 #endif
|
|
315
|
7
|
316 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
317 /*
|
|
318 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
319 * where the paste started.
|
|
320 */
|
|
321 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
322 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
323 else
|
|
324 #endif
|
|
325 {
|
|
326 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
327 if (startln)
|
|
328 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
329 }
|
|
330 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
331 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
332 if (!did_ai)
|
|
333 ai_col = 0;
|
|
334
|
|
335 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
336 {
|
|
337 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
338 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
340 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
341 {
|
|
342 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
343 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
344 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
345 }
|
|
346 else
|
|
347 #endif
|
|
348 {
|
|
349 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
350 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
351 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
352 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
353 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
354 }
|
|
355 }
|
|
356
|
|
357 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
358 {
|
|
359 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
360 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
361 {
|
|
362 beep_flush();
|
|
363 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
364 State = INSERT;
|
|
365 }
|
|
366 else
|
|
367 #endif
|
|
368 State = REPLACE;
|
|
369 }
|
|
370 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
371 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
372 {
|
|
373 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
374 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
375 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
376 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
377 }
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
379 else
|
|
380 State = INSERT;
|
|
381
|
|
382 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
383
|
|
384 /*
|
|
385 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
386 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
387 */
|
|
388 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
389
|
|
390 /*
|
|
391 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
392 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
393 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
394 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
395 */
|
|
396 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
397 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
398 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
399 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
400 #endif
|
|
401
|
|
402 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
403 setmouse();
|
|
404 #endif
|
|
405 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
406 clear_showcmd();
|
|
407 #endif
|
|
408 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
409 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
410 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
411 if (revins_on)
|
|
412 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
413 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
414 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
415 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
416 #endif
|
|
417
|
|
418 /*
|
|
419 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
420 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
421 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
422 */
|
|
423 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
424 {
|
|
425 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
426 /*
|
|
427 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
428 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
429 */
|
|
430 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
431 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
432 else
|
|
433 #endif
|
|
434 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
435 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
436
|
|
437 /*
|
|
438 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
439 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
440 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
441 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
442 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
443 */
|
|
444 validate_virtcol();
|
|
445 update_curswant();
|
230
|
446 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
7
|
447 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
448 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
449 {
|
|
450 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
451 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
453 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
454 {
|
474
|
455 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
456 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
457 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
458 }
|
|
459 #endif
|
|
460 }
|
230
|
461 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
7
|
462 }
|
|
463 else
|
|
464 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
465
|
|
466 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
467 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
468
|
|
469 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
470 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
471
|
|
472 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
473 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
474 #endif
|
|
475 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
476 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
477 #endif
|
|
478 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
479 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
480 * restarting. */
|
|
481 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
482 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
483 #endif
|
|
484
|
|
485 /*
|
|
486 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
487 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
488 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
489 */
|
|
490 i = 0;
|
|
491 if (p_smd)
|
|
492 i = showmode();
|
|
493
|
|
494 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
495 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
496
|
|
497 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
498 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
499 #endif
|
|
500 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
501 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
502 #endif
|
|
503
|
603
|
504 /*
|
|
505 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
506 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
507 */
|
7
|
508 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
509 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
510 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
511 else
|
|
512 {
|
|
513 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
514 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
515 }
|
|
516
|
|
517 old_indent = 0;
|
|
518
|
|
519 /*
|
|
520 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
521 */
|
|
522 for (;;)
|
|
523 {
|
|
524 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
525 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
526 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
527 else
|
|
528 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
529 #endif
|
|
530 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
531 count = 0;
|
|
532
|
|
533 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
534 {
|
|
535 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
536 count = 0;
|
|
537 goto doESCkey;
|
|
538 }
|
|
539
|
|
540 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
541 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
542 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
543
|
|
544 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
545 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
546 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
547 {
|
|
548 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
549 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
550 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
551 }
|
|
552
|
|
553 /*
|
|
554 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
555 */
|
|
556 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
557
|
|
558 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
559 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
560 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
561 * autocommand. */
|
|
562 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
563 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
564 #endif
|
|
565
|
|
566 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
567 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
568 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
569 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
570 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
571 if (!char_avail())
|
|
572 foldCheckClose();
|
|
573 #endif
|
|
574
|
|
575 /*
|
|
576 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
577 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
578 * redraw.
|
|
579 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
580 * something.
|
|
581 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
582 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
583 */
|
|
584 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
585 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
586 && !did_backspace
|
|
587 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
588 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
589 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
590 #endif
|
|
591 )
|
|
592 {
|
|
593 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
594 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
595
|
|
596 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
597 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
598 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
599 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
601 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
602 #endif
|
|
603 ))
|
|
604 {
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
606 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
607 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
608 else
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
610 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
611 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
612 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
613 else
|
|
614 #endif
|
|
615 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
616 }
|
|
617 }
|
|
618
|
|
619 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
620 update_topline();
|
|
621
|
|
622 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
623
|
|
624 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
625
|
|
626 /*
|
|
627 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
628 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
629 */
|
|
630 ins_redraw();
|
|
631
|
|
632 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
633 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
634 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
635 #endif
|
|
636
|
|
637 update_curswant();
|
|
638 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
639 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
640 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
641 #endif
|
|
642
|
|
643 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
644 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
646
|
|
647 /*
|
|
648 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
649 */
|
|
650 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
651 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
652
|
|
653 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
654 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
655 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
656 #endif
|
|
657 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
658 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
659 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
660 #endif
|
|
661
|
|
662 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
540
|
663 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
664 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
665 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
666 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
667 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
668
|
7
|
669 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
670 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
464
|
671 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
540
|
672 {
|
|
673 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
674 continue;
|
|
675 }
|
7
|
676 #endif
|
|
677
|
477
|
678 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
679 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
680 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
7
|
681 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
682 {
|
|
683 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
684 ins_redraw();
|
|
685 ++no_mapping;
|
|
686 ++allow_keys;
|
|
687 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
688 --no_mapping;
|
|
689 --allow_keys;
|
477
|
690 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
7
|
691 {
|
477
|
692 /* it's something else */
|
7
|
693 vungetc(c);
|
|
694 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
695 }
|
|
696 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
697 continue;
|
|
698 else
|
|
699 {
|
477
|
700 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
701 {
|
|
702 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
703 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
704 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
705 }
|
7
|
706 count = 0;
|
|
707 goto doESCkey;
|
|
708 }
|
|
709 }
|
|
710
|
|
711 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
712 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
713 #endif
|
|
714
|
|
715 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
716 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
717 goto docomplete;
|
|
718 #endif
|
|
719 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
720 {
|
|
721 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
722 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
723 continue;
|
|
724 }
|
|
725
|
|
726 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
727 if (cindent_on()
|
|
728 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
729 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
730 # endif
|
|
731 )
|
|
732 {
|
|
733 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
734 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
735 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
736 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
737 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
738 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
739 goto force_cindent;
|
|
740 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
741 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
742 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
743 }
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
745
|
|
746 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
747 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
748 switch (c)
|
|
749 {
|
|
750 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
751 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
752 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
753 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
754 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
755 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
756 }
|
|
757 #endif
|
|
758
|
|
759 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
760 /*
|
|
761 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
762 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
763 * characters.
|
|
764 */
|
|
765 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
766 continue;
|
|
767 #endif
|
|
768
|
|
769 /*
|
|
770 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
771 */
|
|
772 switch (c)
|
|
773 {
|
449
|
774 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
775 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
776 break;
|
|
777 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
778
|
449
|
779 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
7
|
780 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
781 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
782 {
|
|
783 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
784 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
785 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
786 goto doESCkey;
|
|
787 }
|
|
788 #endif
|
|
789
|
|
790 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
791 do_intr:
|
|
792 #endif
|
|
793 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
794 * Insert mode */
|
|
795 if (goto_im())
|
|
796 {
|
|
797 if (got_int)
|
|
798 {
|
|
799 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
800 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
801 }
|
|
802 else
|
|
803 vim_beep();
|
|
804 break;
|
|
805 }
|
|
806 doESCkey:
|
|
807 /*
|
|
808 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
809 */
|
|
810 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
811 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
230
|
812 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
7
|
813 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
814
|
477
|
815 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
11
|
816 {
|
|
817 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
818 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
819 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
820 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
821 #endif
|
7
|
822 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
11
|
823 }
|
7
|
824 continue;
|
|
825
|
449
|
826 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
827 if (!p_im)
|
|
828 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
829 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
830 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
831 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
832
|
|
833 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
502
|
834 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
523
|
835 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
449
|
836 goto docomplete;
|
|
837 #endif
|
|
838 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
839 break;
|
|
840 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
841 count = 0;
|
|
842 goto doESCkey;
|
|
843
|
464
|
844 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
845 case K_KINS:
|
|
846 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
847 break;
|
|
848
|
|
849 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
850 break;
|
|
851
|
449
|
852 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
853 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
854 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
855 goto doESCkey;
|
|
856 #endif
|
|
857
|
|
858 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
859 case K_F1:
|
|
860 case K_XF1:
|
|
861 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
862 if (p_im)
|
|
863 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
864 goto doESCkey;
|
|
865
|
|
866 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
867 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
868 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
869 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
870 --no_mapping;
|
|
871 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
872 break;
|
|
873 #endif
|
|
874
|
|
875 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
7
|
876 case NUL:
|
|
877 case Ctrl_A:
|
449
|
878 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
879 * error. */
|
7
|
880 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
881 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
882 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
883 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
884 break;
|
|
885
|
449
|
886 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
7
|
887 ins_reg();
|
|
888 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
889 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
890 break;
|
|
891
|
449
|
892 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
7
|
893 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
894 break;
|
|
895
|
449
|
896 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
897 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
7
|
898 break;
|
|
899
|
|
900 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
449
|
901 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
7
|
902 if (!p_ari)
|
|
903 goto normalchar;
|
|
904 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
905 break;
|
|
906 #endif
|
|
907
|
449
|
908 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
7
|
909 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
910 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
911 goto docomplete;
|
|
912 #endif
|
|
913 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
914
|
449
|
915 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
7
|
916 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
917 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
918 {
|
449
|
919 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
920 goto docomplete;
|
|
921 break;
|
7
|
922 }
|
|
923 # endif
|
|
924 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
925 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
926 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
927 break;
|
|
928
|
449
|
929 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
7
|
930 case K_KDEL:
|
|
931 ins_del();
|
|
932 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
933 break;
|
|
934
|
449
|
935 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
7
|
936 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
937 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
938 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
939 break;
|
|
940
|
449
|
941 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
7
|
942 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
943 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
944 break;
|
|
945
|
449
|
946 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
12
|
947 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
948 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
449
|
949 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
12
|
950 goto docomplete;
|
|
951 # endif
|
7
|
952 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
953 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
954 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
955 break;
|
|
956
|
|
957 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
449
|
958 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
7
|
959 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
960 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
961 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
962 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
963 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
964 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
965 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
966 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
967 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
968 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
969 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
970 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
971 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
972 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
973 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
974 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
975 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
976 break;
|
|
977
|
449
|
978 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
7
|
979 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
980 break;
|
|
981
|
449
|
982 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
7
|
983 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
984 break;
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
986
|
449
|
987 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
7
|
988 break;
|
|
989
|
|
990 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
991 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
992 ins_scroll();
|
|
993 break;
|
|
994
|
|
995 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
996 ins_horscroll();
|
|
997 break;
|
|
998 #endif
|
|
999
|
449
|
1000 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
7
|
1001 case K_KHOME:
|
|
1002 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
1003 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
1004 ins_home(c);
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
1006
|
449
|
1007 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
7
|
1008 case K_KEND:
|
|
1009 case K_S_END:
|
|
1010 case K_C_END:
|
|
1011 ins_end(c);
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
1013
|
449
|
1014 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
180
|
1015 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1016 ins_s_left();
|
|
1017 else
|
|
1018 ins_left();
|
7
|
1019 break;
|
|
1020
|
449
|
1021 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
7
|
1022 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
1023 ins_s_left();
|
|
1024 break;
|
|
1025
|
449
|
1026 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
180
|
1027 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
1028 ins_s_right();
|
|
1029 else
|
|
1030 ins_right();
|
7
|
1031 break;
|
|
1032
|
449
|
1033 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
7
|
1034 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
1035 ins_s_right();
|
|
1036 break;
|
|
1037
|
449
|
1038 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
180
|
1039 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1040 ins_pageup();
|
|
1041 else
|
|
1042 ins_up(FALSE);
|
7
|
1043 break;
|
|
1044
|
449
|
1045 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
7
|
1046 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
1047 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
613
|
1048 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1049 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1050 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1051 #endif
|
7
|
1052 ins_pageup();
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
1054
|
449
|
1055 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
180
|
1056 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
1057 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1058 else
|
|
1059 ins_down(FALSE);
|
7
|
1060 break;
|
|
1061
|
449
|
1062 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
7
|
1063 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
1064 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
613
|
1065 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
610
|
1066 if (pum_visible())
|
|
1067 goto docomplete;
|
613
|
1068 #endif
|
7
|
1069 ins_pagedown();
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
1071
|
|
1072 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
449
|
1073 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
7
|
1074 ins_drop();
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
1076 #endif
|
|
1077
|
449
|
1078 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
7
|
1079 c = TAB;
|
|
1080 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1081
|
449
|
1082 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
7
|
1083 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
1084 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
1085 goto docomplete;
|
|
1086 #endif
|
|
1087 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1088 if (ins_tab())
|
|
1089 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1091 break;
|
|
1092
|
449
|
1093 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
7
|
1094 c = CAR;
|
|
1095 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1096 case CAR:
|
|
1097 case NL:
|
|
1098 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
1099 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
1100 * cursor. */
|
|
1101 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
1102 {
|
|
1103 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
1104 break;
|
|
1105 }
|
|
1106 #endif
|
|
1107 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
1108 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
1109 {
|
|
1110 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
1111 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
1112 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1113 }
|
|
1114 #endif
|
|
1115 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
1116 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
1117 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1118 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1119 break;
|
|
1120
|
|
1121 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
449
|
1122 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
7
|
1123 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1124 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
1125 {
|
449
|
1126 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
1127 goto docomplete;
|
|
1128 break;
|
7
|
1129 }
|
|
1130 # endif
|
|
1131 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
1132 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
1133 if (c == NUL)
|
|
1134 break;
|
|
1135 # endif
|
|
1136 goto normalchar;
|
449
|
1137 #endif
|
7
|
1138
|
|
1139 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
464
|
1140 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1141 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
1142 break;
|
|
1143
|
449
|
1144 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1145 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
1146 goto normalchar;
|
|
1147 goto docomplete;
|
|
1148
|
449
|
1149 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1150 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
1151 goto normalchar;
|
|
1152 goto docomplete;
|
477
|
1153
|
|
1154 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
1155 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
1156 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
1157 goto normalchar;
|
|
1158 goto docomplete;
|
7
|
1159 #endif
|
|
1160
|
449
|
1161 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
7
|
1162 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1163 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
1164 #endif
|
|
1165 {
|
|
1166 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
1167 if (p_im)
|
|
1168 {
|
|
1169 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
1170 break;
|
|
1171 goto doESCkey;
|
|
1172 }
|
|
1173 goto normalchar;
|
|
1174 }
|
|
1175 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1176 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
1177
|
449
|
1178 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
7
|
1179 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
1180 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
1181 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
1182 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
1183 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
449
|
1184 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
7
|
1185 goto normalchar;
|
|
1186
|
|
1187 docomplete:
|
|
1188 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
449
|
1189 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
1190 break;
|
|
1191 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
1192
|
449
|
1193 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
1194 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
1195 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
7
|
1196 break;
|
|
1197
|
|
1198 default:
|
|
1199 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
1200 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
1201 goto do_intr;
|
|
1202 #endif
|
|
1203
|
|
1204 /*
|
|
1205 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
1206 */
|
|
1207 normalchar:
|
|
1208 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
1209 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
1210 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
1211 #endif
|
|
1212
|
|
1213 if (c == ' ')
|
|
1214 {
|
|
1215 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
1216 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1217 if (inindent(0))
|
|
1218 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
1219 #endif
|
|
1220 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
1221 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
1222 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
1223 }
|
|
1224
|
|
1225 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
1226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1227 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
1228 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
1229 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
1230 #endif
|
|
1231 c))
|
|
1232 {
|
|
1233 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
1234 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1235 revins_legal++;
|
|
1236 revins_chars++;
|
|
1237 #endif
|
|
1238 }
|
|
1239
|
|
1240 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1241
|
|
1242 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
1243 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
1244 * closed fold. */
|
|
1245 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
1246 #endif
|
|
1247 break;
|
|
1248 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
1249
|
|
1250 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
1251 if (arrow_used)
|
|
1252 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
1253
|
|
1254 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
1255 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
1256 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
1257 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
1258 # endif
|
|
1259 )
|
|
1260 {
|
|
1261 force_cindent:
|
|
1262 /*
|
|
1263 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
1264 */
|
|
1265 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
1266 {
|
|
1267 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
1268 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
1269 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
1270 }
|
|
1271 }
|
|
1272 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
1273
|
|
1274 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
1275 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
1276 }
|
|
1277
|
|
1278 /*
|
|
1279 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
1280 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
1281 * option work correctly.
|
|
1282 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
1283 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
1284 */
|
|
1285 static void
|
|
1286 ins_redraw()
|
|
1287 {
|
|
1288 if (!char_avail())
|
|
1289 {
|
|
1290 if (must_redraw)
|
|
1291 update_screen(0);
|
|
1292 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
1293 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
1294 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
1295 setcursor();
|
|
1296 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
1297 }
|
|
1298 }
|
|
1299
|
|
1300 /*
|
|
1301 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
1302 */
|
|
1303 static void
|
|
1304 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
1305 {
|
|
1306 int c;
|
|
1307
|
|
1308 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
1309 ins_redraw();
|
|
1310
|
|
1311 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
1312 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
1313 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
1314
|
|
1315 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1316 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
1317 #endif
|
|
1318
|
|
1319 c = get_literal();
|
|
1320 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
1321 clear_showcmd();
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
1323 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1324 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1325 revins_chars++;
|
|
1326 revins_legal++;
|
|
1327 #endif
|
|
1328 }
|
|
1329
|
|
1330 /*
|
|
1331 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
1332 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
1333 */
|
|
1334 static int pc_status;
|
|
1335 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
1336 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1337 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
1338 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1340 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1341 #else
|
|
1342 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
1343 #endif
|
|
1344 static int pc_attr;
|
|
1345 static int pc_row;
|
|
1346 static int pc_col;
|
|
1347
|
|
1348 void
|
|
1349 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
1350 int c;
|
|
1351 int highlight;
|
|
1352 {
|
|
1353 int attr;
|
|
1354
|
|
1355 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
1356 {
|
|
1357 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
1358 validate_cursor();
|
|
1359 if (highlight)
|
|
1360 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
1361 else
|
|
1362 attr = 0;
|
|
1363 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
1364 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
1365 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1366 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
1367 #endif
|
|
1368 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
1369 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
1370 {
|
|
1371 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1372 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1373 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1374 {
|
|
1375 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
1376
|
|
1377 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
1378 {
|
|
1379 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
1380 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1381 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
1382 }
|
|
1383 }
|
|
1384 # endif
|
|
1385 }
|
|
1386 else
|
|
1387 #endif
|
|
1388 {
|
|
1389 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1391 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
1392 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
1393 #endif
|
|
1394 }
|
|
1395
|
|
1396 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
1397 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1398 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
1399 #endif
|
|
1400 {
|
|
1401 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
1402 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
1403 }
|
|
1404 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
1405 }
|
|
1406 }
|
|
1407
|
|
1408 /*
|
|
1409 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
1410 */
|
|
1411 void
|
|
1412 edit_unputchar()
|
|
1413 {
|
|
1414 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
1415 {
|
|
1416 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
1417 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
1418 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
1419 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
1420 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1421 else
|
|
1422 #endif
|
|
1423 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
1424 }
|
|
1425 }
|
|
1426
|
|
1427 /*
|
|
1428 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
1429 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
1430 */
|
|
1431 void
|
|
1432 display_dollar(col)
|
|
1433 colnr_T col;
|
|
1434 {
|
|
1435 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
1436
|
|
1437 if (!redrawing())
|
|
1438 return;
|
|
1439
|
|
1440 cursor_off();
|
|
1441 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1442 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
1443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1444 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1445 {
|
|
1446 char_u *p;
|
|
1447
|
|
1448 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
1449 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1450 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
1451 }
|
|
1452 #endif
|
|
1453 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
1454 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
1455 {
|
|
1456 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
1457 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
1458 }
|
|
1459 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
1460 }
|
|
1461
|
|
1462 /*
|
|
1463 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
1464 * in insert mode.
|
|
1465 */
|
|
1466 static void
|
|
1467 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
1468 {
|
|
1469 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
1470 {
|
|
1471 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
1472 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
1473 }
|
|
1474 }
|
|
1475
|
|
1476 /*
|
|
1477 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
1478 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
1479 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
1480 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
1481 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
1482 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
1483 */
|
|
1484 void
|
|
1485 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
1486 int type;
|
|
1487 int amount;
|
|
1488 int round;
|
|
1489 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1490 {
|
|
1491 int vcol;
|
|
1492 int last_vcol;
|
|
1493 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
1494 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
1495 int i;
|
|
1496 char_u *ptr;
|
|
1497 int save_p_list;
|
|
1498 int start_col;
|
|
1499 colnr_T vc;
|
|
1500 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1501 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1502 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1503
|
|
1504 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
1505 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1506 {
|
|
1507 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
1508 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1509 }
|
|
1510 #endif
|
|
1511
|
|
1512 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
1513 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
1514 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
1515 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
1516 vcol = vc;
|
|
1517
|
|
1518 /*
|
|
1519 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
1520 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
1521 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
1522 */
|
|
1523 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1524
|
|
1525 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
1526 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1527 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
1528 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1529
|
|
1530 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1531
|
|
1532 /*
|
|
1533 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
1534 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
1535 */
|
|
1536 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
1537 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1538
|
|
1539 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
1540 start_col = -1;
|
|
1541
|
|
1542 /*
|
|
1543 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
1544 */
|
|
1545 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1546 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
1547 else
|
|
1548 {
|
|
1549 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1550 int save_State = State;
|
|
1551
|
|
1552 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
1553 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1554 State = INSERT;
|
|
1555 #endif
|
|
1556 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
1557 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1558 State = save_State;
|
|
1559 #endif
|
|
1560 }
|
|
1561 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1562
|
|
1563 /*
|
|
1564 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
1565 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
1566 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
1567 * non-blank character.
|
|
1568 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
1569 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
1570 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
1571 */
|
|
1572 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
1573 {
|
|
1574 /*
|
|
1575 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
1576 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1577 */
|
|
1578 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
1579 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1580 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1581 }
|
|
1582 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
1583 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1584 else
|
|
1585 {
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
1587 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
1588 */
|
|
1589 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1590 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
1591
|
|
1592 /*
|
|
1593 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
1594 */
|
|
1595 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
1596 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
1597 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
1598 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1599 {
|
|
1600 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
1601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1602 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
474
|
1603 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
7
|
1604 else
|
|
1605 #endif
|
|
1606 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
1607 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
1608 }
|
|
1609 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
1610
|
|
1611 /*
|
|
1612 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
1613 * the right screen column.
|
|
1614 */
|
|
1615 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
1616 {
|
|
1617 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1618 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
1619 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
1620 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
1621 {
|
|
1622 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
1623 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
1624 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
1625 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
1626 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
1627 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
1628 }
|
|
1629 }
|
|
1630
|
|
1631 /*
|
|
1632 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
1633 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
1634 */
|
|
1635 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
1636 }
|
|
1637
|
|
1638 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
1639
|
|
1640 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
1641 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
1642 else
|
|
1643 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
1644 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
1645 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
1646
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
1648 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
1649 */
|
|
1650 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
1651 {
|
|
1652 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
1653 {
|
|
1654 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1655 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
1656 else
|
|
1657 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1658 }
|
|
1659 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
1660 ai_col = 0;
|
|
1661 else
|
|
1662 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
1663 }
|
|
1664
|
|
1665 /*
|
|
1666 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
1667 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
1668 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
1669 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
1670 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
1671 */
|
|
1672 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
1673 {
|
|
1674 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
1675 {
|
|
1676 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1677 --start_col;
|
|
1678 }
|
|
1679 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
1680 {
|
|
1681 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
1682 if (replaced)
|
|
1683 {
|
|
1684 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
1685 replaced = NUL;
|
|
1686 }
|
|
1687 ++start_col;
|
|
1688 }
|
|
1689 }
|
|
1690
|
|
1691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
1693 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
1694 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
1695 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
1696 */
|
|
1697 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1698 {
|
|
1699 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
1700 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
1701 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
1702 return;
|
|
1703
|
|
1704 /* Save new line */
|
|
1705 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
1706 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
1707 return;
|
|
1708
|
|
1709 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
1710 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
1711
|
|
1712 /* Put back original line */
|
|
1713 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
1714 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
1715
|
|
1716 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
1717 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
1718
|
|
1719 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
1720 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
1721
|
|
1722 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
1723 }
|
|
1724 #endif
|
|
1725 }
|
|
1726
|
|
1727 /*
|
|
1728 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
1729 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1730 * modes.
|
|
1731 */
|
|
1732 void
|
|
1733 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
1734 char_u *line;
|
|
1735 {
|
|
1736 int i;
|
|
1737
|
|
1738 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
1739 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
1740 {
|
|
1741 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1742 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
1743 }
|
|
1744 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
1745 }
|
|
1746
|
|
1747 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
1748 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1749 /*
|
|
1750 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
1751 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1752 */
|
|
1753 void
|
|
1754 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
1755 int col;
|
|
1756 {
|
|
1757 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
1758 {
|
|
1759 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
1760 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1761 replace_do_bs();
|
|
1762 else
|
|
1763 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
1764 }
|
|
1765 }
|
|
1766 #endif
|
|
1767
|
|
1768 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
1769 /*
|
449
|
1770 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
1771 */
|
|
1772 static void
|
|
1773 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
1774 {
|
|
1775 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
1776 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
1777 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
1778 {
|
|
1779 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
1780 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
1781 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
1782 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
1783 else
|
|
1784 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
1785 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
1786 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
1787 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
1788 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
1789 showmode();
|
|
1790 }
|
|
1791 }
|
|
1792
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
1794 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
1795 */
|
|
1796 static int
|
|
1797 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
1798 int dict_opt;
|
|
1799 {
|
|
1800 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
1801 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
1802 {
|
|
1803 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
1804 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
1805 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
1806 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
1807 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
1808 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
1809 {
|
|
1810 vim_beep();
|
|
1811 setcursor();
|
|
1812 out_flush();
|
|
1813 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
1814 }
|
|
1815 return FALSE;
|
|
1816 }
|
|
1817 return TRUE;
|
|
1818 }
|
|
1819
|
|
1820 /*
|
7
|
1821 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
1822 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
1823 */
|
|
1824 int
|
|
1825 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
1826 int c;
|
|
1827 {
|
|
1828 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
1829 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
1830 return TRUE;
|
|
1831
|
610
|
1832 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
1833 if (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
1834 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN))
|
|
1835 return TRUE;
|
|
1836
|
7
|
1837 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
1838 {
|
|
1839 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
1840 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
1841 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
449
|
1842 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
7
|
1843 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
1844 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
1845 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
477
|
1846 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
1847 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
7
|
1848 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
1849 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
1850 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
1851 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1852 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
1853 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1854 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
1855 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1856 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
1857 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1858 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
1859 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1860 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
1861 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
1862 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1863 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
1864 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
1865 #endif
|
|
1866 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
1867 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
1868 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
12
|
1869 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
1870 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
449
|
1871 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
523
|
1872 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
449
|
1873 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
502
|
1874 #endif
|
477
|
1875 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
1876 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
7
|
1877 }
|
|
1878 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
1879 return FALSE;
|
|
1880 }
|
|
1881
|
|
1882 /*
|
|
1883 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
1884 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1885 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
1886 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
449
|
1887 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
7
|
1888 */
|
|
1889 int
|
464
|
1890 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
1891 char_u *str;
|
|
1892 int len;
|
|
1893 char_u *fname;
|
|
1894 int dir;
|
464
|
1895 int flags;
|
7
|
1896 {
|
|
1897 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
1898 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1899 int idx;
|
|
1900
|
|
1901 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
1902 {
|
|
1903 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
1904 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
419
|
1905 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
7
|
1906
|
|
1907 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
449
|
1908 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
1909 {
|
|
1910 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
7
|
1911 {
|
|
1912 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
1913 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
1914 {
|
|
1915 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
449
|
1916 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
1917 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
1918 break;
|
|
1919 }
|
|
1920 }
|
|
1921 }
|
|
1922
|
|
1923 /*
|
|
1924 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
1925 * upper case.
|
|
1926 */
|
|
1927 if (!has_lower)
|
|
1928 {
|
449
|
1929 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
7
|
1930 {
|
449
|
1931 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
7
|
1932 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
1933 {
|
|
1934 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
449
|
1935 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
7
|
1936 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
1937 break;
|
|
1938 }
|
449
|
1939 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
7
|
1940 }
|
|
1941 }
|
|
1942
|
|
1943 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
449
|
1944 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
7
|
1945
|
464
|
1946 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
1947 }
|
|
1948 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
7
|
1949 }
|
|
1950
|
|
1951 /*
|
|
1952 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
1953 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
1954 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
464
|
1955 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
1956 *
|
|
1957 * New:
|
|
1958 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
1959 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
1960 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
7
|
1961 */
|
464
|
1962 int
|
|
1963 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
7
|
1964 char_u *str;
|
|
1965 int len;
|
|
1966 char_u *fname;
|
|
1967 int dir;
|
464
|
1968 int flags;
|
7
|
1969 {
|
464
|
1970 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
1971
|
|
1972 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
1973 if (got_int)
|
464
|
1974 return FAIL;
|
7
|
1975 if (len < 0)
|
|
1976 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
1977
|
|
1978 /*
|
|
1979 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
1980 */
|
449
|
1981 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
1982 {
|
|
1983 match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
1984 do
|
|
1985 {
|
464
|
1986 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
1987 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
1988 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
1989 return NOTDONE;
|
|
1990 match = match->cp_next;
|
449
|
1991 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
7
|
1992 }
|
|
1993
|
540
|
1994 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
1995 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
1996
|
7
|
1997 /*
|
|
1998 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
1999 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
2000 */
|
464
|
2001 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
7
|
2002 if (match == NULL)
|
464
|
2003 return FAIL;
|
|
2004 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
2005 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
2006 {
|
|
2007 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
2008 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
2009 }
|
|
2010 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
7
|
2011 {
|
|
2012 vim_free(match);
|
464
|
2013 return FAIL;
|
7
|
2014 }
|
|
2015 /* match-fname is:
|
464
|
2016 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
7
|
2017 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
2018 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
464
|
2019 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
2020 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
2021 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
2022 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
2023 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
7
|
2024 else
|
464
|
2025 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
2026 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
7
|
2027
|
|
2028 /*
|
|
2029 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
2030 */
|
449
|
2031 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
464
|
2032 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
7
|
2033 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
2034 {
|
464
|
2035 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2036 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
7
|
2037 }
|
|
2038 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
2039 {
|
464
|
2040 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
2041 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
2042 }
|
|
2043 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
2044 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
2045 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
2046 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
7
|
2047 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
449
|
2048 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
2049 compl_curr_match = match;
|
7
|
2050
|
|
2051 return OK;
|
|
2052 }
|
|
2053
|
|
2054 /*
|
|
2055 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
2056 * Frees matches[].
|
|
2057 */
|
|
2058 static void
|
|
2059 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
2060 int num_matches;
|
|
2061 char_u **matches;
|
|
2062 int dir;
|
|
2063 {
|
|
2064 int i;
|
|
2065 int add_r = OK;
|
|
2066 int ldir = dir;
|
|
2067
|
464
|
2068 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
7
|
2069 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
2070 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2071 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
2072 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
2073 }
|
|
2074
|
|
2075 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
2076 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
2077 */
|
|
2078 static int
|
|
2079 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
2080 {
|
464
|
2081 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2082 int count = 0;
|
|
2083
|
449
|
2084 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2085 {
|
|
2086 /*
|
|
2087 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
2088 */
|
449
|
2089 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
2090 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
464
|
2091 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
2092 {
|
|
2093 match = match->cp_next;
|
7
|
2094 ++count;
|
|
2095 }
|
464
|
2096 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
2097 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
7
|
2098 }
|
|
2099 return count;
|
|
2100 }
|
|
2101
|
574
|
2102 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
2103 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
540
|
2104 static char_u **compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
2105 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2106
|
|
2107 /*
|
|
2108 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
2109 */
|
|
2110 static void
|
|
2111 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
2112 {
|
|
2113 int h;
|
|
2114
|
|
2115 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2116 {
|
|
2117 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
2118 update_screen(0);
|
|
2119 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
2120 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2121 }
|
|
2122 }
|
|
2123
|
|
2124 /*
|
|
2125 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
2126 */
|
|
2127 static void
|
|
2128 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
2129 {
|
|
2130 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2131 {
|
|
2132 pum_undisplay();
|
|
2133 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
2134 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
2135 }
|
|
2136 }
|
|
2137
|
|
2138 /*
|
|
2139 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
2140 */
|
|
2141 static int
|
|
2142 pum_wanted()
|
|
2143 {
|
|
2144 compl_T *compl;
|
|
2145 int i;
|
|
2146
|
|
2147 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
2148 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
2149 return FALSE;
|
|
2150
|
|
2151 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
2152 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
2153 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
2154 && !gui.in_use
|
|
2155 #endif
|
|
2156 )
|
|
2157 return FALSE;
|
|
2158
|
|
2159 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
2160 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
2161 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2162 i = 0;
|
|
2163 do
|
|
2164 {
|
|
2165 if (compl == NULL
|
|
2166 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
2167 break;
|
|
2168 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2169 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2170
|
|
2171 return (i >= 2);
|
|
2172 }
|
|
2173
|
|
2174 /*
|
|
2175 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
2176 */
|
|
2177 static void
|
|
2178 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
2179 {
|
|
2180 compl_T *compl;
|
|
2181 int i;
|
|
2182 int cur = -1;
|
|
2183 colnr_T col;
|
|
2184
|
|
2185 if (!pum_wanted())
|
|
2186 return;
|
|
2187
|
|
2188 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
2189 update_screen(0);
|
|
2190
|
|
2191 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
2192 {
|
|
2193 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
2194 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
2195 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2196 do
|
|
2197 {
|
|
2198 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
2199 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
2200 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2201 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2202 compl_match_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u **)
|
|
2203 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
2204 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2205 {
|
|
2206 i = 0;
|
|
2207 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2208 do
|
|
2209 {
|
|
2210 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
2211 {
|
|
2212 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
2213 cur = i;
|
|
2214 compl_match_array[i++] = compl->cp_str;
|
|
2215 }
|
|
2216 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2217 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2218 }
|
|
2219 }
|
|
2220 else
|
|
2221 {
|
|
2222 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
2223 i = 0;
|
|
2224 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
2225 do
|
|
2226 {
|
|
2227 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
2228 {
|
|
2229 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
2230 {
|
|
2231 cur = i;
|
|
2232 break;
|
|
2233 }
|
|
2234 ++i;
|
|
2235 }
|
|
2236 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
2237 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
2238 }
|
|
2239
|
|
2240 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
2241 {
|
|
2242 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
2243 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
2244 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
2245 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
2246 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
2247 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
2248 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
2249 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
2250 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin));
|
|
2251 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
2252 }
|
|
2253 }
|
|
2254
|
7
|
2255 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
2256 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
2257 /*
|
|
2258 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
2259 * completions.
|
|
2260 */
|
|
2261 static void
|
|
2262 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
2263 char_u *dict;
|
|
2264 char_u *pat;
|
|
2265 int dir;
|
|
2266 int flags;
|
|
2267 int thesaurus;
|
|
2268 {
|
|
2269 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2270 char_u *buf;
|
|
2271 FILE *fp;
|
|
2272 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
2273 int add_r;
|
|
2274 char_u **files;
|
|
2275 int count;
|
|
2276 int i;
|
|
2277 int save_p_scs;
|
|
2278
|
|
2279 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
2280 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
2281 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
2282 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
2283 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
2284 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
2285 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
2286 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
2287 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
449
|
2288 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
7
|
2289 {
|
|
2290 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
2291 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2292 {
|
|
2293 count = 1;
|
|
2294 files = &dict;
|
|
2295 }
|
|
2296 else
|
|
2297 {
|
|
2298 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
2299 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
2300 * a modeline). */
|
|
2301 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
2302 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
2303 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
2304 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
2305 count = 0;
|
|
2306 }
|
|
2307
|
449
|
2308 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
7
|
2309 {
|
|
2310 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
2311 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2312 {
|
274
|
2313 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
2314 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
7
|
2315 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2316 }
|
|
2317
|
|
2318 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
2319 {
|
|
2320 /*
|
|
2321 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
2322 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
2323 */
|
449
|
2324 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
2325 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
7
|
2326 {
|
|
2327 ptr = buf;
|
|
2328 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
2329 {
|
|
2330 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
2331 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2332 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
2333 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
2334 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
2335 if (thesaurus)
|
|
2336 {
|
|
2337 char_u *wstart;
|
|
2338
|
|
2339 /*
|
|
2340 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
2341 */
|
|
2342 while (!got_int)
|
|
2343 {
|
|
2344 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
2345 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
2346 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
2347 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
2348 break;
|
|
2349 wstart = ptr;
|
|
2350
|
|
2351 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
2352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2353 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2354 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
2355 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
2356 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
2357 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2358 {
|
474
|
2359 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2360
|
|
2361 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
2363 ptr += l;
|
|
2364 }
|
|
2365 else
|
|
2366 #endif
|
|
2367 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
2368 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
2369 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
2370 }
|
|
2371 }
|
|
2372 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
2373 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
2374 dir = FORWARD;
|
464
|
2375 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
7
|
2376 break;
|
|
2377 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
2378 * of line */
|
|
2379 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
2380 break;
|
|
2381 }
|
|
2382 line_breakcheck();
|
464
|
2383 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
7
|
2384 }
|
|
2385 fclose(fp);
|
|
2386 }
|
|
2387 }
|
|
2388 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
2389 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
2390 if (flags)
|
|
2391 break;
|
|
2392 }
|
|
2393 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
2394 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
2395 vim_free(buf);
|
|
2396 }
|
|
2397
|
|
2398 /*
|
|
2399 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
2400 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
2401 */
|
|
2402 char_u *
|
|
2403 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
2404 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2405 {
|
|
2406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2407 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2408 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
474
|
2409 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2410 else
|
|
2411 #endif
|
|
2412 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2413 ++ptr;
|
|
2414 return ptr;
|
|
2415 }
|
|
2416
|
|
2417 /*
|
|
2418 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
2419 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
2420 */
|
|
2421 char_u *
|
|
2422 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
2423 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2424 {
|
|
2425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2426 int start_class;
|
|
2427
|
|
2428 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
2429 {
|
|
2430 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
2431 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
2432 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
2433 {
|
474
|
2434 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
7
|
2435 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
2436 break;
|
|
2437 }
|
|
2438 }
|
|
2439 else
|
|
2440 #endif
|
|
2441 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
2442 ++ptr;
|
|
2443 return ptr;
|
|
2444 }
|
|
2445
|
|
2446 /*
|
|
2447 * Free the list of completions
|
|
2448 */
|
|
2449 static void
|
|
2450 ins_compl_free()
|
|
2451 {
|
464
|
2452 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
2453
|
449
|
2454 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2455 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
2456
|
|
2457 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
7
|
2458 return;
|
540
|
2459
|
|
2460 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
2461 pum_clear();
|
|
2462
|
449
|
2463 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
7
|
2464 do
|
|
2465 {
|
449
|
2466 match = compl_curr_match;
|
464
|
2467 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
2468 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
7
|
2469 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
464
|
2470 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
2471 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
7
|
2472 vim_free(match);
|
449
|
2473 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
2474 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
7
|
2475 }
|
|
2476
|
|
2477 static void
|
|
2478 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
2479 {
|
449
|
2480 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2481 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2482 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
2483 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
2484 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
7
|
2485 save_sm = -1;
|
|
2486 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2487 }
|
|
2488
|
|
2489 /*
|
|
2490 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
464
|
2491 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
540
|
2492 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
7
|
2493 */
|
540
|
2494 static int
|
7
|
2495 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
2496 int c;
|
|
2497 {
|
|
2498 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2499 int temp;
|
|
2500 int want_cindent;
|
540
|
2501 int retval = FALSE;
|
7
|
2502
|
|
2503 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
2504 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
2505 */
|
|
2506 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2507 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
2508
|
|
2509 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
2510 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
540
|
2511 return retval;
|
7
|
2512
|
|
2513 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
2514 {
|
|
2515 /*
|
|
2516 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
2517 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
2518 */
|
|
2519 switch (c)
|
|
2520 {
|
|
2521 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
2522 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
2523 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
2524 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
2525 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2526 else
|
|
2527 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
2528 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
2529 showmode();
|
|
2530 break;
|
|
2531 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
2532 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
2533 break;
|
|
2534 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
2535 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
2536 break;
|
|
2537 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
2538 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2539 break;
|
|
2540 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
2541 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
2542 break;
|
|
2543 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
2544 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
2545 break;
|
12
|
2546 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
2547 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
2548 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
2549 break;
|
449
|
2550 case Ctrl_O:
|
523
|
2551 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
449
|
2552 break;
|
502
|
2553 #endif
|
477
|
2554 case 's':
|
|
2555 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
2556 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
484
|
2557 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
2558 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
2559 #endif
|
477
|
2560 break;
|
7
|
2561 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
2562 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
2563 break;
|
|
2564 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2565 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
2566 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
2567 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
2568 break;
|
|
2569 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
2570 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
2571 break;
|
|
2572 #endif
|
|
2573 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
2574 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
2575 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
2576 break;
|
|
2577 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
2578 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
2579 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
2580 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
2581 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2582 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
2583 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
2584 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
2585 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
2586 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
2587 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
2588 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
2589 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
2590 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
2591 default:
|
449
|
2592 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
2593 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
2594 * mode).
|
|
2595 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
2596 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
2597 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
2598 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
2599 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
2600 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
2601 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
7
|
2602 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
2603 {
|
449
|
2604 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
2605 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
2606 else
|
449
|
2607 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
7
|
2608 }
|
|
2609 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
2610 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2611 showmode();
|
|
2612 break;
|
|
2613 }
|
|
2614 }
|
|
2615 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
2616 {
|
|
2617 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
2618 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2619 {
|
|
2620 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
2621 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
2622 else
|
|
2623 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
2624 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2625 }
|
|
2626 showmode();
|
|
2627 }
|
|
2628
|
449
|
2629 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
7
|
2630 {
|
|
2631 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
2632 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
449
|
2633 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
7
|
2634 showmode();
|
|
2635 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
2636 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
2637 {
|
|
2638 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
2639 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
449
|
2640 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
2641 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
7
|
2642 {
|
449
|
2643 char_u *p;
|
|
2644
|
7
|
2645 /*
|
|
2646 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
2647 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
2648 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
2649 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
2650 */
|
464
|
2651 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
449
|
2652 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
2653 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
7
|
2654 {
|
449
|
2655 ++p;
|
7
|
2656 ++ptr;
|
|
2657 }
|
449
|
2658 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
7
|
2659 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
2660 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
2661 }
|
|
2662
|
|
2663 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2664 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
2665 #endif
|
|
2666 /*
|
|
2667 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
2668 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
2669 */
|
449
|
2670 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
7
|
2671 {
|
|
2672 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2673 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
2674 if (want_cindent)
|
|
2675 {
|
|
2676 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
2677 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
2678 }
|
|
2679 #endif
|
|
2680 }
|
|
2681 else
|
|
2682 {
|
|
2683 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
2684 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
2685 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
2686 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
2687 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
2688 }
|
|
2689
|
|
2690 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
2691
|
540
|
2692 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
2693 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
2694 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
2695 retval = TRUE;
|
|
2696
|
7
|
2697 ins_compl_free();
|
449
|
2698 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
2699 compl_matches = 0;
|
7
|
2700 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
2701 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
449
|
2702 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
2703 p_sm = save_sm;
|
7
|
2704 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
2705 {
|
|
2706 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
2707 showmode();
|
|
2708 }
|
|
2709
|
|
2710 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2711 /*
|
|
2712 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
2713 */
|
|
2714 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
2715 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
2716 #endif
|
|
2717 }
|
|
2718 }
|
|
2719
|
|
2720 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
2721 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
2722 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
2723 {
|
449
|
2724 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
2725 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
7
|
2726 }
|
540
|
2727
|
|
2728 return retval;
|
7
|
2729 }
|
|
2730
|
|
2731 /*
|
|
2732 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
2733 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
2734 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
2735 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
2736 *
|
|
2737 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
2738 */
|
|
2739 static buf_T *
|
|
2740 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
2741 buf_T *buf;
|
|
2742 int flag;
|
|
2743 {
|
|
2744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
2745 static win_T *wp;
|
|
2746 #endif
|
|
2747
|
|
2748 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
2749 {
|
|
2750 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
2751 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
2752 wp = curwin;
|
383
|
2753 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
7
|
2754 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
2755 ;
|
|
2756 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
2757 #else
|
|
2758 buf = curbuf;
|
|
2759 #endif
|
|
2760 }
|
|
2761 else
|
|
2762 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
2763 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
2764 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
383
|
2765 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
7
|
2766 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
2767 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
2768 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
2769 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
2770 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
2771 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
2772 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
2773 ;
|
|
2774 return buf;
|
|
2775 }
|
|
2776
|
12
|
2777 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
502
|
2778 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
12
|
2779
|
|
2780 /*
|
523
|
2781 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
502
|
2782 * get matches in "matches".
|
452
|
2783 * Return value is number of matches.
|
12
|
2784 */
|
|
2785 static int
|
502
|
2786 expand_by_function(type, base, matches)
|
523
|
2787 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
12
|
2788 char_u *base;
|
|
2789 char_u ***matches;
|
|
2790 {
|
452
|
2791 list_T *matchlist;
|
502
|
2792 char_u *args[2];
|
452
|
2793 listitem_T *li;
|
|
2794 garray_T ga;
|
|
2795 char_u *p;
|
502
|
2796 char_u *funcname;
|
|
2797 pos_T pos;
|
|
2798
|
|
2799 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
2800 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
452
|
2801 return 0;
|
|
2802
|
|
2803 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
2804 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
502
|
2805 args[1] = base;
|
|
2806
|
|
2807 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
2808 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
2809 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
452
|
2810 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
2811 return 0;
|
|
2812
|
|
2813 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
2814 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
2815 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
2816 {
|
|
2817 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
2818 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
2819 {
|
|
2820 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
2821 break;
|
|
2822 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
2823 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
2824 }
|
|
2825 }
|
|
2826
|
|
2827 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
2828 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
2829 return ga.ga_len;
|
12
|
2830 }
|
|
2831 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
2832
|
449
|
2833 /*
|
|
2834 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
2835 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
2836 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
2837 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
2838 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
2839 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
7
|
2840 */
|
|
2841 static int
|
|
2842 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
2843 pos_T *ini;
|
|
2844 int dir;
|
|
2845 {
|
|
2846 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
2847 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
2848 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
449
|
2849 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
2850 certain type. */
|
|
2851 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
7
|
2852
|
464
|
2853 pos_T *pos;
|
|
2854 char_u **matches;
|
|
2855 int save_p_scs;
|
|
2856 int save_p_ws;
|
|
2857 int save_p_ic;
|
|
2858 int i;
|
|
2859 int num_matches;
|
|
2860 int len;
|
|
2861 int found_new_match;
|
|
2862 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
2863 char_u *ptr;
|
|
2864 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
2865 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
2866 compl_T *old_match;
|
7
|
2867
|
449
|
2868 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
2869 {
|
|
2870 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
2871 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
2872 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
2873 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
449
|
2874 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
12
|
2875 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
7
|
2876 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
2877 }
|
|
2878
|
449
|
2879 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
7
|
2880 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
2881 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
2882 for (;;)
|
|
2883 {
|
|
2884 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
2885
|
449
|
2886 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
7
|
2887 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
2888 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
2889 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
2890 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
7
|
2891 {
|
|
2892 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
2893 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
2894 e_cpt++;
|
|
2895 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
2896 {
|
|
2897 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
2898 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
2899 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
2900 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
2901 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
2902 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
2903 type = 0;
|
|
2904 }
|
|
2905 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
2906 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
2907 {
|
|
2908 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
2909 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
2910 {
|
449
|
2911 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
2912 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
2913 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
2914 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
2915 type = 0;
|
|
2916 }
|
|
2917 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
2918 {
|
|
2919 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
2920 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
2921 continue;
|
|
2922 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2923 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
2924 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
2925 }
|
274
|
2926 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
7
|
2927 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
2928 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
2929 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
2930 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
2931 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
2932 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2933 }
|
|
2934 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
2935 break;
|
|
2936 else
|
|
2937 {
|
|
2938 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
2939 type = -1;
|
|
2940 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
2941 {
|
|
2942 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
2943 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
2944 else
|
|
2945 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
2946 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
2947 {
|
|
2948 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
2949 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
2950 }
|
|
2951 }
|
|
2952 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2953 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
2954 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
2955 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
2956 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
2957 #endif
|
|
2958 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
2959 {
|
|
2960 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
2961 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
2962 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
2963 }
|
|
2964 else
|
|
2965 type = -1;
|
|
2966
|
|
2967 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
2968 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
2969
|
|
2970 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
2971 if (type == -1)
|
|
2972 continue;
|
|
2973 }
|
|
2974 }
|
|
2975
|
|
2976 switch (type)
|
|
2977 {
|
|
2978 case -1:
|
|
2979 break;
|
|
2980 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
2981 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
2982 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
449
|
2983 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
2984 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
7
|
2985 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
449
|
2986 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
2987 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
2988 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
2989 break;
|
|
2990 #endif
|
|
2991
|
|
2992 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
2993 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
2994 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
2995 dict ? dict
|
|
2996 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
2997 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
2998 ? p_tsr
|
|
2999 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
3000 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
3001 ? p_dict
|
|
3002 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
449
|
3003 compl_pattern, dir,
|
7
|
3004 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
3005 dict = NULL;
|
|
3006 break;
|
|
3007
|
|
3008 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
3009 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
3010 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
449
|
3011 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3012
|
|
3013 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
449
|
3014 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
3015 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3016 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
3017 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
3018 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
3019 {
|
|
3020 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
3021 }
|
|
3022 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
3023 break;
|
|
3024
|
|
3025 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
449
|
3026 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
7
|
3027 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
3028 {
|
|
3029
|
|
3030 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
449
|
3031 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
7
|
3032 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
3033 }
|
|
3034 break;
|
|
3035
|
|
3036 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
449
|
3037 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
3038 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
7
|
3039 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
3040 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
3041 break;
|
|
3042
|
12
|
3043 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3044 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
523
|
3045 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
548
|
3046 num_matches = expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
12
|
3047 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
3048 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
3049 break;
|
|
3050 #endif
|
|
3051
|
477
|
3052 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
3053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
3054 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
3055 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
3056 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
3057 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
3058 #endif
|
|
3059 break;
|
|
3060
|
7
|
3061 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
3062 /*
|
|
3063 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
3064 */
|
|
3065 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
3066 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
3067 p_scs = FALSE;
|
449
|
3068
|
7
|
3069 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
3070 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
3071 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
3072 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
3073 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
3074 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
3075 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
3076 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
3077 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
3078 for (;;)
|
|
3079 {
|
464
|
3080 int flags = 0;
|
7
|
3081
|
540
|
3082 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
3083 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
7
|
3084 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
449
|
3085 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
7
|
3086 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
449
|
3087 dir, compl_pattern);
|
7
|
3088 else
|
|
3089 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
449
|
3090 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
7
|
3091 RE_LAST);
|
449
|
3092 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3093 {
|
449
|
3094 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
3095 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3096 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3097 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
3098 }
|
|
3099 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
3100 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
3101 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3102 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
3103 {
|
|
3104 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
3105 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
3106 break;
|
|
3107 }
|
|
3108
|
|
3109 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
449
|
3110 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
7
|
3111 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
3112 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
3113 continue;
|
|
3114 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
3115 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3116 {
|
449
|
3117 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3118 {
|
|
3119 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3120 continue;
|
|
3121 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3122 if (!p_paste)
|
|
3123 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3124 }
|
|
3125 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
3126 }
|
|
3127 else
|
|
3128 {
|
449
|
3129 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
3130
|
|
3131 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3132 {
|
449
|
3133 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
7
|
3134 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
3135 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
3136 continue;
|
|
3137 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3138 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3139 }
|
|
3140 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
3141 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3142 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3143
|
449
|
3144 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
3145 && len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3146 {
|
|
3147 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
3148 {
|
|
3149 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
3150 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
3151 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
449
|
3152 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
7
|
3153 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
3154 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
3155 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
3156 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
3157 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
3158 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3159 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
3160 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
3161 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
3162 {
|
419
|
3163 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
7
|
3164 {
|
419
|
3165 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
7
|
3166 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3167 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
3168 if (p_js
|
419
|
3169 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
7
|
3170 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
3171 == NULL
|
419
|
3172 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
3173 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
7
|
3174 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
3175 }
|
|
3176 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
3177 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
3178 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
3179 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
3180 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
464
|
3181 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3182 }
|
|
3183 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
3184 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
3185 }
|
449
|
3186 if (len == compl_length)
|
7
|
3187 continue;
|
|
3188 }
|
|
3189 }
|
|
3190 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
540
|
3191 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
464
|
3192 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
7
|
3193 {
|
|
3194 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3195 break;
|
|
3196 }
|
|
3197 }
|
|
3198 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
3199 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
3200 }
|
540
|
3201
|
449
|
3202 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
3203 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
540
|
3204 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
7
|
3205 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
3206
|
|
3207 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
3208 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
3209 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3210 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
540
|
3211 {
|
|
3212 if (got_int)
|
|
3213 break;
|
|
3214 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
3215 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
3216 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
3217 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3218 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
3219 break;
|
|
3220 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
3221 }
|
|
3222 else
|
|
3223 {
|
|
3224 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
3225 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
3226 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
3227
|
|
3228 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
3229 }
|
449
|
3230 }
|
|
3231 compl_started = TRUE;
|
7
|
3232
|
|
3233 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3234 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
3235 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
3236
|
|
3237 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
3238 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
3239 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
3240 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
3241
|
|
3242 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
449
|
3243 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
3244 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
464
|
3245 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
449
|
3246 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
3247 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
7
|
3248 return i;
|
|
3249 }
|
|
3250
|
|
3251 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
3252 static void
|
|
3253 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
3254 {
|
|
3255 int i;
|
|
3256
|
|
3257 /*
|
|
3258 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
3259 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
3260 */
|
449
|
3261 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
7
|
3262 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
3263 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
3264 }
|
|
3265
|
|
3266 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
3267 static void
|
|
3268 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
3269 {
|
464
|
3270 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
7
|
3271 }
|
|
3272
|
|
3273 /*
|
|
3274 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
464
|
3275 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
3276 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
3277 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
3278 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
3279 * through the ones found so far.
|
7
|
3280 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
3281 *
|
449
|
3282 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
3283 * compl_shown_match here.
|
7
|
3284 *
|
|
3285 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
464
|
3286 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
3287 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
7
|
3288 */
|
|
3289 static int
|
610
|
3290 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
7
|
3291 int allow_get_expansion;
|
610
|
3292 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
3293 be at least 1 */
|
7
|
3294 {
|
|
3295 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
3296 int i;
|
610
|
3297 int todo = count;
|
7
|
3298
|
|
3299 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3300 {
|
|
3301 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
3302 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3303 }
|
449
|
3304 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
610
|
3305
|
|
3306 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
3307 * around. */
|
|
3308 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
3309 {
|
|
3310 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
3311 {
|
|
3312 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
3313 if (compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
3314 && compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)
|
|
3315 break;
|
|
3316 }
|
|
3317 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
3318 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
3319 {
|
|
3320 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
3321 if (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)
|
|
3322 break;
|
7
|
3323 }
|
|
3324 else
|
610
|
3325 {
|
|
3326 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
3327 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3328 {
|
|
3329 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
3330 compl_direction);
|
|
3331 if (compl_pending)
|
|
3332 {
|
|
3333 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
3334 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
3335 }
|
|
3336 }
|
|
3337 else
|
|
3338 return -1;
|
|
3339 }
|
7
|
3340 }
|
|
3341
|
|
3342 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
3343 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
3344
|
|
3345 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
3346 {
|
540
|
3347 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
3348 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
3349
|
7
|
3350 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
3351 update_screen(0);
|
|
3352
|
540
|
3353 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
3354 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
3355
|
7
|
3356 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
3357 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
3358 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
3359 }
|
|
3360
|
|
3361 /*
|
|
3362 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
3363 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
3364 */
|
464
|
3365 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
7
|
3366 {
|
|
3367 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
464
|
3368 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
7
|
3369 if (i <= 0)
|
|
3370 i = 0;
|
|
3371 else
|
|
3372 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
464
|
3373 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
7
|
3374 msg(IObuff);
|
|
3375 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
3376 }
|
|
3377
|
|
3378 return num_matches;
|
|
3379 }
|
|
3380
|
|
3381 /*
|
|
3382 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
3383 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
449
|
3384 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
7
|
3385 * possible. -- webb
|
464
|
3386 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
7
|
3387 */
|
|
3388 void
|
464
|
3389 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
3390 int frequency;
|
7
|
3391 {
|
|
3392 static int count = 0;
|
|
3393
|
|
3394 int c;
|
|
3395
|
|
3396 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
3397 * scripts */
|
|
3398 if (using_script())
|
|
3399 return;
|
|
3400
|
|
3401 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
464
|
3402 if (++count < frequency)
|
7
|
3403 return;
|
|
3404 count = 0;
|
|
3405
|
|
3406 ++no_mapping;
|
|
3407 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
3408 --no_mapping;
|
|
3409 if (c != NUL)
|
|
3410 {
|
|
3411 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
3412 {
|
|
3413 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
610
|
3414 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
3415 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
7
|
3416 }
|
|
3417 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
449
|
3418 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
3419 }
|
|
3420 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
610
|
3421 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
3422 }
|
|
3423
|
|
3424 /*
|
|
3425 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
3426 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
3427 */
|
|
3428 static int
|
|
3429 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
3430 int c;
|
|
3431 {
|
|
3432 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
3433 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
3434 return BACKWARD;
|
|
3435 return FORWARD;
|
|
3436 }
|
|
3437
|
|
3438 /*
|
|
3439 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
3440 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
3441 */
|
|
3442 static int
|
|
3443 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
3444 int c;
|
|
3445 {
|
|
3446 int h;
|
|
3447
|
|
3448 if (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
3449 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN))
|
|
3450 {
|
|
3451 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
3452 if (h > 3)
|
|
3453 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
3454 return h;
|
|
3455 }
|
|
3456 return 1;
|
7
|
3457 }
|
|
3458
|
|
3459 /*
|
|
3460 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
3461 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
3462 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
3463 */
|
|
3464 static int
|
|
3465 ins_complete(c)
|
449
|
3466 int c;
|
7
|
3467 {
|
449
|
3468 char_u *line;
|
|
3469 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
3470 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
3471 int n;
|
7
|
3472
|
610
|
3473 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
449
|
3474 if (!compl_started)
|
7
|
3475 {
|
|
3476 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
3477
|
|
3478 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
3479 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
3480 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
3481
|
|
3482 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
3483 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
3484 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
3485 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
3486 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
3487 #endif
|
|
3488 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
3489 return FAIL;
|
|
3490
|
|
3491 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
449
|
3492 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
3493
|
|
3494 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
449
|
3495 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
3496 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
3497 * "compl_startpos"
|
7
|
3498 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
3499 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
3500 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
3501 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
449
|
3502 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
7
|
3503 {
|
|
3504 /*
|
|
3505 * it is a continued search
|
|
3506 */
|
449
|
3507 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
7
|
3508 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
3509 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
3510 {
|
449
|
3511 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
7
|
3512 {
|
449
|
3513 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
3514 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
3515 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
3516 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
3517 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
3518 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
3519 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
3520 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
7
|
3521 }
|
|
3522 else
|
|
3523 {
|
|
3524 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
3525 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
449
|
3526 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
3527 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
3528 {
|
449
|
3529 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
3530 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
3531 line + compl_length
|
|
3532 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
7
|
3533 }
|
449
|
3534 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
7
|
3535 }
|
449
|
3536 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
502
|
3537 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
7
|
3538 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
3539 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
449
|
3540 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
7
|
3541 {
|
449
|
3542 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
3543 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
3544 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
7
|
3545 }
|
449
|
3546 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3547 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
3548 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
7
|
3549 }
|
|
3550 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
449
|
3551 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
7
|
3552 else
|
449
|
3553 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
7
|
3554 }
|
|
3555 else
|
449
|
3556 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
3557
|
|
3558 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
3559 {
|
|
3560 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
7
|
3561 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
449
|
3562 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
3563 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3564 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
3565 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
3566 compl_col = 0;
|
7
|
3567 }
|
|
3568
|
|
3569 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
3570 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
3571 {
|
449
|
3572 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
7
|
3573 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
3574 {
|
449
|
3575 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
7
|
3576 {
|
449
|
3577 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3578 ;
|
449
|
3579 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3580 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
3581 }
|
|
3582 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
3583 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
3584 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
7
|
3585 else
|
449
|
3586 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
3587 compl_length);
|
|
3588 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3589 return FAIL;
|
|
3590 }
|
449
|
3591 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3592 {
|
|
3593 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
3594
|
|
3595 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
3596 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
3597 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
3598 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
3599 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3600 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3601 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
3602 || (compl_col > 0
|
7
|
3603 && (
|
|
3604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
3605 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
7
|
3606 #else
|
449
|
3607 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
7
|
3608 #endif
|
|
3609 )))
|
|
3610 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
449
|
3611 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
3612 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
3613 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
7
|
3614 }
|
449
|
3615 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
7
|
3616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
449
|
3617 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
7
|
3618 #else
|
449
|
3619 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
7
|
3620 #endif
|
|
3621 )
|
|
3622 {
|
|
3623 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
449
|
3624 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
3625 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3626 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3627 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
3628 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
3629 }
|
|
3630 else
|
|
3631 {
|
|
3632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
3633 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
3634 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
3635 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
3636 {
|
|
3637 int base_class;
|
|
3638 int head_off;
|
|
3639
|
449
|
3640 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
3641 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
3642 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
7
|
3643 {
|
449
|
3644 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
3645 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
3646 - head_off))
|
7
|
3647 break;
|
449
|
3648 startcol -= head_off;
|
7
|
3649 }
|
|
3650 }
|
|
3651 else
|
|
3652 #endif
|
449
|
3653 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3654 ;
|
449
|
3655 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3656 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
3657 if (compl_length == 1)
|
7
|
3658 {
|
|
3659 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
3660 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
3661 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
3662 */
|
449
|
3663 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
3664 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3665 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3666 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
3667 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
3668 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
7
|
3669 }
|
|
3670 else
|
|
3671 {
|
449
|
3672 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
3673 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
3674 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3675 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3676 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
3677 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
3678 compl_length);
|
7
|
3679 }
|
|
3680 }
|
|
3681 }
|
|
3682 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3683 {
|
449
|
3684 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
3685 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
3686 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
3687 compl_length = 0;
|
7
|
3688 if (p_ic)
|
449
|
3689 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
3690 NULL, 0);
|
7
|
3691 else
|
449
|
3692 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3693 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3694 return FAIL;
|
|
3695 }
|
|
3696 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
3697 {
|
449
|
3698 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
7
|
3699 ;
|
449
|
3700 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
3701 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
3702 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
3703 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
3704 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3705 return FAIL;
|
|
3706 }
|
|
3707 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
3708 {
|
449
|
3709 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
3710 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
7
|
3711 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3712 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
3713 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
3714 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
3715 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
7
|
3716 return FAIL;
|
449
|
3717 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
3718 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
3719 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
7
|
3720 }
|
523
|
3721 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
502
|
3722 {
|
12
|
3723 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
3724 /*
|
502
|
3725 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
3726 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
12
|
3727 */
|
502
|
3728 char_u *args[2];
|
452
|
3729 int col;
|
502
|
3730 char_u *funcname;
|
|
3731 pos_T pos;
|
|
3732
|
523
|
3733 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
502
|
3734 * string */
|
|
3735 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
3736 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
3737 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
523
|
3738 {
|
|
3739 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
3740 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
12
|
3741 return FAIL;
|
523
|
3742 }
|
452
|
3743
|
|
3744 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
502
|
3745 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
3746 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
3747 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
3748 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
3749
|
452
|
3750 if (col < 0)
|
523
|
3751 col = curs_col;
|
452
|
3752 compl_col = col;
|
|
3753 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
3754 compl_col = curs_col;
|
449
|
3755
|
|
3756 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
3757 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
3758 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
452
|
3759 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
449
|
3760 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3761 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
502
|
3762 #endif
|
449
|
3763 return FAIL;
|
|
3764 }
|
477
|
3765 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
3766 {
|
|
3767 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
497
|
3768 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
3769 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
3770 else
|
|
3771 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
3772 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
477
|
3773 return FAIL;
|
537
|
3774 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
477
|
3775 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
3776 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3777 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
3778 #endif
|
|
3779 return FAIL;
|
|
3780 }
|
449
|
3781 else
|
|
3782 {
|
|
3783 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
3784 return FAIL;
|
|
3785 }
|
|
3786
|
|
3787 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3788 {
|
|
3789 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
3790 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
3791 {
|
|
3792 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
3793 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
3794 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
3795
|
|
3796 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
3797 #endif
|
449
|
3798 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
3799 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
7
|
3800 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
3801 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
3802 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
3803 #endif
|
449
|
3804 compl_length = 0;
|
|
3805 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
7
|
3806 }
|
|
3807 }
|
|
3808 else
|
|
3809 {
|
|
3810 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
449
|
3811 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
3812 }
|
|
3813
|
|
3814 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
3815 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
7
|
3816 else
|
|
3817 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
3818
|
|
3819 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
449
|
3820 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
3821 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
3822 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
3823 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
3824 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
3825 {
|
|
3826 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
3827 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
3828 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
3829 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
7
|
3830 return FAIL;
|
|
3831 }
|
|
3832
|
|
3833 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
3834 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
3835 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
3836 */
|
|
3837 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
3838 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3839 showmode();
|
|
3840 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
3841 out_flush();
|
|
3842 }
|
|
3843
|
449
|
3844 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
3845 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
7
|
3846
|
|
3847 /*
|
|
3848 * Find next match.
|
|
3849 */
|
610
|
3850 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
449
|
3851
|
540
|
3852 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
3853 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
3854
|
449
|
3855 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
3856 compl_matches = n;
|
|
3857 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
3858 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
3859 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
7
|
3860
|
|
3861 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
3862 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
3863 {
|
|
3864 (void)vgetc();
|
|
3865 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
3866 }
|
|
3867
|
449
|
3868 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
464
|
3869 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
449
|
3870 {
|
|
3871 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
3872 && compl_length > 1
|
7
|
3873 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
3874 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
3875 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
3876 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
3877 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
3878 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
449
|
3879 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
3880 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
7
|
3881 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
3882 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
3883 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
449
|
3884 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
3885 }
|
|
3886
|
464
|
3887 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
449
|
3888 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3889 else
|
449
|
3890 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
7
|
3891
|
|
3892 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
3893 {
|
464
|
3894 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
7
|
3895 {
|
|
3896 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
3897 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
3898 }
|
449
|
3899 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
7
|
3900 {
|
|
3901 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
3902 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3903 }
|
464
|
3904 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
7
|
3905 {
|
|
3906 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
3907 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
3908 }
|
|
3909 else
|
|
3910 {
|
|
3911 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
464
|
3912 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
7
|
3913 {
|
464
|
3914 int number = 0;
|
|
3915 compl_T *match;
|
7
|
3916
|
449
|
3917 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
7
|
3918 {
|
|
3919 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
3920 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
3921 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
3922 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
3923 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
3924 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
3925 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3926 {
|
464
|
3927 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
3928 break;
|
|
3929 }
|
|
3930 if (match != NULL)
|
|
3931 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
3932 * yet */
|
540
|
3933 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
3934 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
464
|
3935 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
3936 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
3937 }
|
|
3938 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
3939 {
|
|
3940 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
3941 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
3942 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
464
|
3943 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
3944 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
3945 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
3946 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3947 {
|
464
|
3948 number = match->cp_number;
|
7
|
3949 break;
|
|
3950 }
|
|
3951 if (match != NULL)
|
|
3952 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
3953 * assigned yet */
|
464
|
3954 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
3955 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
3956 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
3957 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
7
|
3958 }
|
|
3959 }
|
|
3960
|
540
|
3961 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
3962 * just a safety check. */
|
464
|
3963 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
7
|
3964 {
|
|
3965 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
3966 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
3967
|
449
|
3968 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
7
|
3969 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
464
|
3970 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
7
|
3971 else
|
449
|
3972 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
464
|
3973 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
419
|
3974 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
7
|
3975 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
3976 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
3977 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
3978 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
3979 }
|
|
3980 }
|
|
3981 }
|
|
3982
|
|
3983 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
3984 showmode();
|
|
3985 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
3986 {
|
|
3987 if (!p_smd)
|
|
3988 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
3989 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
3990 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
3991 }
|
|
3992 else
|
|
3993 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
3994
|
540
|
3995 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
3996
|
7
|
3997 return OK;
|
|
3998 }
|
|
3999
|
|
4000 /*
|
|
4001 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
4002 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
4003 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
4004 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
4005 */
|
|
4006 static int
|
|
4007 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
4008 char_u *dest;
|
|
4009 char_u *src;
|
|
4010 int len;
|
|
4011 {
|
|
4012 int m;
|
|
4013
|
|
4014 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
4015 {
|
|
4016 switch (*src)
|
|
4017 {
|
|
4018 case '.':
|
|
4019 case '*':
|
|
4020 case '[':
|
|
4021 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4022 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4023 break;
|
|
4024 case '~':
|
|
4025 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
4026 break;
|
|
4027 case '\\':
|
|
4028 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
4029 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
4030 break;
|
|
4031 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
4032 case '$':
|
|
4033 m++;
|
|
4034 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4035 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
4036 break;
|
|
4037 }
|
|
4038 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4039 *dest++ = *src;
|
464
|
4040 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
7
|
4041 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
4042 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4043 {
|
|
4044 int i, mb_len;
|
|
4045
|
474
|
4046 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
7
|
4047 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
4048 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
4049 {
|
|
4050 --len;
|
|
4051 ++src;
|
|
4052 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4053 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
4054 }
|
|
4055 }
|
464
|
4056 # endif
|
7
|
4057 }
|
|
4058 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
4059 *dest = NUL;
|
|
4060
|
|
4061 return m;
|
|
4062 }
|
|
4063 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
4064
|
|
4065 /*
|
|
4066 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
4067 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
4068 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
4069 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
4070 */
|
|
4071 int
|
|
4072 get_literal()
|
|
4073 {
|
|
4074 int cc;
|
|
4075 int nc;
|
|
4076 int i;
|
|
4077 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
4078 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
4079 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4080 int unicode = 0;
|
|
4081 #endif
|
|
4082
|
|
4083 if (got_int)
|
|
4084 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
4085
|
|
4086 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4087 /*
|
|
4088 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
4089 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
4090 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
4091 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
4092 */
|
|
4093 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
4094 ++allow_keys;
|
|
4095 #endif
|
|
4096 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4097 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
4098 #endif
|
|
4099 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
4100 cc = 0;
|
|
4101 i = 0;
|
|
4102 for (;;)
|
|
4103 {
|
|
4104 do
|
|
4105 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
4106 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
4107 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
4108 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
4109 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
4110 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4111 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
4112 # endif
|
|
4113 )
|
|
4114 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
4115 #endif
|
|
4116 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
4117 hex = TRUE;
|
|
4118 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
4119 octal = TRUE;
|
|
4120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4121 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
4122 unicode = nc;
|
|
4123 #endif
|
|
4124 else
|
|
4125 {
|
|
4126 if (hex
|
|
4127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4128 || unicode != 0
|
|
4129 #endif
|
|
4130 )
|
|
4131 {
|
|
4132 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
4133 break;
|
|
4134 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
4135 }
|
|
4136 else if (octal)
|
|
4137 {
|
|
4138 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
4139 break;
|
|
4140 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
4141 }
|
|
4142 else
|
|
4143 {
|
|
4144 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
4145 break;
|
|
4146 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
4147 }
|
|
4148
|
|
4149 ++i;
|
|
4150 }
|
|
4151
|
|
4152 if (cc > 255
|
|
4153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4154 && unicode == 0
|
|
4155 #endif
|
|
4156 )
|
|
4157 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
4158 nc = 0;
|
|
4159
|
|
4160 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
4161 {
|
|
4162 if (i >= 2)
|
|
4163 break;
|
|
4164 }
|
|
4165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4166 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
4167 {
|
|
4168 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
4169 break;
|
|
4170 }
|
|
4171 #endif
|
|
4172 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
4173 break;
|
|
4174 }
|
|
4175 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
4176 {
|
|
4177 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4178 {
|
|
4179 cc = '\n';
|
|
4180 nc = 0;
|
|
4181 }
|
|
4182 else
|
|
4183 {
|
|
4184 cc = nc;
|
|
4185 nc = 0;
|
|
4186 }
|
|
4187 }
|
|
4188
|
|
4189 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
4190 cc = '\n';
|
221
|
4191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4192 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
4193 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
4194 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
4195 #endif
|
7
|
4196
|
|
4197 --no_mapping;
|
|
4198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
4199 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
4200 --allow_keys;
|
|
4201 #endif
|
|
4202 if (nc)
|
|
4203 vungetc(nc);
|
|
4204 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
4205 return cc;
|
|
4206 }
|
|
4207
|
|
4208 /*
|
|
4209 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
4210 */
|
|
4211 static void
|
|
4212 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
4213 int c;
|
|
4214 int allow_modmask;
|
|
4215 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
4216 {
|
|
4217 char_u *p;
|
|
4218 int len;
|
|
4219
|
|
4220 /*
|
|
4221 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
4222 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
4223 * mode.
|
|
4224 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
4225 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
4226 */
|
|
4227 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
4228 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
4229 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
4230 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
4231 #endif
|
|
4232 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
4233 {
|
|
4234 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
4235 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
4236 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
4237 if (len > 2)
|
|
4238 {
|
|
4239 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
4240 return;
|
|
4241 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
4242 ins_str(p);
|
|
4243 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
4244 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
4245 }
|
|
4246 }
|
|
4247 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
4248 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
4249 }
|
|
4250
|
|
4251 /*
|
|
4252 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
4253 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
4254 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
4255 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
4256 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
4257 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
4258 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
4259 */
|
|
4260 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
4261 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4262 #else
|
|
4263 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
4264 #endif
|
|
4265
|
|
4266 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4267 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
4268 #else
|
|
4269 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
4270 #endif
|
|
4271
|
|
4272 void
|
|
4273 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
4274 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
4275 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
4276 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
4277 {
|
|
4278 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
4279 int textwidth;
|
|
4280 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4281 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
4282 char_u *p;
|
|
4283 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
4284 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
4285 #endif
|
|
4286 int fo_white_par;
|
|
4287 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
4288 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
4289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4290 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
4291 #endif
|
|
4292 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
4293 int cc;
|
|
4294
|
|
4295 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
4296 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
4297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4298 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
4299 #endif
|
|
4300 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
4301
|
|
4302 /*
|
|
4303 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
4304 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
4305 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
4306 * ends in white space.
|
|
4307 * - Otherwise:
|
|
4308 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
4309 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
4310 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
4311 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
4312 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
4313 * before the insert.
|
|
4314 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
4315 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
4316 */
|
|
4317 if (textwidth
|
|
4318 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4319 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
4320 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4321 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4322 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4323 #endif
|
|
4324 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
4325 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
4326 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
4327 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4328 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
4329 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
4330 ))))))
|
|
4331 {
|
|
4332 /*
|
|
4333 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
4334 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
4335 */
|
|
4336 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
4337 {
|
|
4338 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4339 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
4340 {
|
|
4341 save_char = cc;
|
|
4342 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
4343 }
|
|
4344 }
|
|
4345
|
|
4346 /*
|
|
4347 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
4348 */
|
|
4349 while (!got_int)
|
|
4350 {
|
|
4351 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
4352 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
4353 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
4354 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
4355 colnr_T len;
|
|
4356 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
4357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4358 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
4359 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
4360 #endif
|
|
4361 colnr_T col;
|
|
4362
|
|
4363 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
4364 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4365 break;
|
|
4366
|
|
4367 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4368 if (no_leader)
|
|
4369 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
4370 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4371 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
4372 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
4373
|
|
4374 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
4375 if (do_comments)
|
|
4376 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
4377 else
|
|
4378 leader_len = 0;
|
|
4379
|
|
4380 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
4381 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
4382 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
4383 * to start with %. */
|
|
4384 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
4385 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
4386 #endif
|
|
4387 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
4388 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4389 && leader_len == 0
|
|
4390 #endif
|
|
4391 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
4392
|
|
4393 {
|
|
4394 textwidth = 0;
|
|
4395 break;
|
|
4396 }
|
|
4397 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
4398 break;
|
|
4399
|
|
4400 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
4401 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
4402 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4403
|
|
4404 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
4405 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4406 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
4407 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4408 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
4409 #endif
|
|
4410 foundcol = 0;
|
|
4411
|
|
4412 /*
|
|
4413 * Find position to break at.
|
|
4414 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
4415 */
|
|
4416 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
4417 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
4418 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
4419 {
|
|
4420 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4421 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4422 {
|
|
4423 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
4424 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4425
|
|
4426 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
4427 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4428 {
|
|
4429 dec_cursor();
|
|
4430 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4431 }
|
|
4432 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4433 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
4434 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4435 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
4436 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
4437 break;
|
|
4438 #endif
|
|
4439 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
4440 {
|
|
4441 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
4442 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
4443 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
4444
|
|
4445 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4446 dec_cursor();
|
|
4447 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4448
|
|
4449 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4450 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
4451 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
4452 }
|
|
4453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4454 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
4455 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
474
|
4456 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
4457 else
|
|
4458 #endif
|
|
4459 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
4460 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4461 break;
|
|
4462 }
|
|
4463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4464 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
4465 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4466 {
|
|
4467 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
4468 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4469 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
4470 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
4471 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
4472 break;
|
|
4473 }
|
|
4474 #endif
|
|
4475 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
4476 break;
|
|
4477 dec_cursor();
|
|
4478 }
|
|
4479
|
|
4480 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
4481 {
|
|
4482 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
4483 break;
|
|
4484 }
|
|
4485
|
|
4486 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
4487 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
4488
|
|
4489 /*
|
|
4490 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
4491 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
4492 * over the text instead.
|
|
4493 */
|
|
4494 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4495 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4496 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
4497 else
|
|
4498 #endif
|
|
4499 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
4500
|
|
4501 /*
|
|
4502 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
4503 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
4504 */
|
|
4505 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
4506 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
4507 inc_cursor();
|
|
4508 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4509 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
4510 startcol = 0;
|
|
4511
|
|
4512 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4514 {
|
|
4515 /*
|
|
4516 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
4517 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
4518 */
|
|
4519 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
4520 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
4521 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
4522 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
4523 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
4524
|
|
4525 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
4526 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
4527 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
4528 }
|
|
4529 else
|
|
4530 #endif
|
|
4531 {
|
|
4532 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
4533 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
4534 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
4535 }
|
|
4536
|
|
4537 /*
|
|
4538 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
4539 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
4540 */
|
|
4541 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
4542 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
4543 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4544 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
4545 #endif
|
|
4546 , old_indent);
|
|
4547 old_indent = 0;
|
|
4548
|
|
4549 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
4550 if (first_line)
|
|
4551 {
|
|
4552 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
4553 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
4554 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
4555 {
|
|
4556 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4557 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4558 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
4559 else
|
|
4560 #endif
|
|
4561 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
4562 }
|
|
4563 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
4564 }
|
|
4565
|
|
4566 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
4567 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4568 {
|
|
4569 /*
|
|
4570 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
4571 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
4572 */
|
|
4573 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
4574 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
4575 }
|
|
4576 else
|
|
4577 #endif
|
|
4578 {
|
|
4579 /*
|
|
4580 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
4581 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
4582 */
|
|
4583 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
4584 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
4585 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
4586 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
4587 }
|
|
4588
|
|
4589 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
4590 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
4591 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
4592 #endif
|
|
4593 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
4594 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4595 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4596 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4597 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4598 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4599 #endif
|
|
4600 line_breakcheck();
|
|
4601 }
|
|
4602
|
|
4603 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
4604 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
4605
|
|
4606 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
4607 return;
|
|
4608 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
4609 {
|
|
4610 update_topline();
|
|
4611 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
4612 }
|
|
4613 }
|
|
4614 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
4615 return;
|
|
4616
|
|
4617 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4618 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
4619 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4620 {
|
|
4621 char_u *line;
|
|
4622 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
4623 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
4624 int i;
|
|
4625
|
|
4626 /*
|
|
4627 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
4628 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
4629 */
|
|
4630 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
4631 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
4632 {
|
|
4633 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
4634 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
4635 ++p;
|
|
4636 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4637 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
4638 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
4639 --middle_len;
|
|
4640
|
|
4641 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
4642 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
4643 ++p;
|
|
4644 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
4645
|
|
4646 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
4647 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
4648 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
4649 ;
|
|
4650 i++;
|
|
4651
|
|
4652 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
4653 i -= middle_len;
|
|
4654
|
|
4655 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
4656 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
4657 {
|
|
4658 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
4659 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
4660
|
|
4661 /*
|
|
4662 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
4663 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
4664 */
|
|
4665 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
4666 }
|
|
4667 }
|
|
4668 }
|
|
4669 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
4670 #endif
|
|
4671
|
|
4672 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
4673 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
4674 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
4675 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
4676 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
4677 #endif
|
|
4678
|
|
4679 /*
|
|
4680 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
4681 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
4682 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
4683 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
4684 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
4685 */
|
|
4686 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
4687 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
4688 #endif
|
|
4689
|
|
4690 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4692 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
4693 #endif
|
|
4694 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
4695 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
4696 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
4697 && !cindent_on()
|
|
4698 #endif
|
|
4699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4700 && !p_ri
|
|
4701 #endif
|
|
4702 )
|
|
4703 {
|
|
4704 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
4705 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
4706 int i;
|
|
4707 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
4708
|
|
4709 buf[0] = c;
|
|
4710 i = 1;
|
|
4711 if (textwidth)
|
|
4712 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
4713 /*
|
|
4714 * Stop the string when:
|
|
4715 * - no more chars available
|
|
4716 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
4717 * - buffer is full
|
|
4718 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
4719 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
4720 */
|
|
4721 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
4722 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
4723 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4724 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
4725 #endif
|
|
4726 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
4727 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
4728 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
4729 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
4730 {
|
|
4731 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
4732 c = vgetc();
|
|
4733 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4734 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
4735 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
4736 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
4737 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
4738 # endif
|
|
4739 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
4740 #else
|
|
4741 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
4742 #endif
|
|
4743 }
|
|
4744
|
|
4745 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
4746 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
4747 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
4748 #endif
|
|
4749 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
4750 ins_str(buf);
|
|
4751 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4752 {
|
|
4753 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
4754 i = 1;
|
|
4755 }
|
|
4756 else
|
|
4757 i = 0;
|
|
4758 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
4759 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
4760 }
|
|
4761 else
|
|
4762 {
|
|
4763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
4764 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
4765 {
|
|
4766 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
4767
|
|
4768 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
4769 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
4770 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
4771 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4772 }
|
|
4773 else
|
|
4774 #endif
|
|
4775 {
|
|
4776 ins_char(c);
|
|
4777 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
4778 redo_literal(c);
|
|
4779 else
|
|
4780 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
4781 }
|
|
4782 }
|
|
4783 }
|
|
4784
|
|
4785 /*
|
|
4786 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
4787 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
4788 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
4789 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
4790 * saved here.
|
|
4791 */
|
|
4792 void
|
|
4793 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
4794 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
4795 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
4796 {
|
|
4797 pos_T pos;
|
|
4798 colnr_T len;
|
|
4799 char_u *old;
|
|
4800 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
4801 int wasatend;
|
301
|
4802 int cc;
|
7
|
4803
|
|
4804 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
4805 return;
|
|
4806
|
|
4807 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
4808 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
4809
|
|
4810 /* may remove added space */
|
|
4811 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
4812
|
|
4813 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
4814 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
4815 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
4816 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
4817 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
4818 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
4819 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
4820 {
|
|
4821 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
4822 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4823 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
4824 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
7
|
4825 dec_cursor();
|
301
|
4826 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4827 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
4828 {
|
|
4829 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
4830 return;
|
|
4831 }
|
|
4832 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
4833 }
|
|
4834
|
|
4835 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
4836 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
4837 * comments. */
|
|
4838 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
4839 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
4840 return;
|
|
4841 #endif
|
|
4842
|
|
4843 /*
|
|
4844 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
4845 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
4846 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
4847 */
|
|
4848 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
4849 {
|
|
4850 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
4851 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
4852 return;
|
|
4853 }
|
|
4854
|
|
4855 /*
|
|
4856 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
4857 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
4858 */
|
|
4859 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
4860 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
4861 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
4862 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
4863
|
|
4864 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
4865 {
|
|
4866 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
4867 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
4868 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
4869 }
|
|
4870 else
|
|
4871 check_cursor_col();
|
|
4872
|
|
4873 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
4874 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
4875 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
4876 * formatted. */
|
|
4877 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
4878 {
|
|
4879 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
4880 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
4881 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
4882 {
|
|
4883 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
4884 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
4885 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
4886 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
4887 /* remove the space later */
|
|
4888 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
4889 }
|
|
4890 else
|
|
4891 /* may remove added space */
|
|
4892 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
4893 }
|
|
4894
|
|
4895 check_cursor();
|
|
4896 }
|
|
4897
|
|
4898 /*
|
|
4899 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
4900 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
4901 * position.
|
|
4902 */
|
|
4903 static void
|
|
4904 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
4905 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
4906 {
|
|
4907 int c = ' ';
|
301
|
4908 int cc;
|
7
|
4909
|
|
4910 if (did_add_space)
|
|
4911 {
|
301
|
4912 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4913 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
7
|
4914 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
4915 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
4916 else
|
|
4917 {
|
|
4918 if (!end_insert)
|
|
4919 {
|
|
4920 inc_cursor();
|
|
4921 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
4922 dec_cursor();
|
|
4923 }
|
|
4924 if (c != NUL)
|
|
4925 {
|
|
4926 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
4927 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
4928 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
4929 }
|
|
4930 }
|
|
4931 }
|
|
4932 }
|
|
4933
|
|
4934 /*
|
|
4935 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
4936 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
4937 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
4938 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
4939 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
4940 */
|
|
4941 int
|
|
4942 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
4943 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
4944 {
|
|
4945 int textwidth;
|
|
4946
|
|
4947 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
4948 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
4949 {
|
|
4950 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
4951 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
4952 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
4953 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
4954 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
4955 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
4956 #endif
|
|
4957 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
4958 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
4959 #endif
|
|
4960 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
4961 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
4962 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
4963 || usingNetbeans
|
|
4964 # endif
|
|
4965 )
|
|
4966 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
4967 #endif
|
|
4968 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
4969 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
4970 }
|
|
4971 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
4972 textwidth = 0;
|
|
4973 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
4974 {
|
|
4975 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
4976 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
4977 textwidth = 79;
|
|
4978 }
|
|
4979 return textwidth;
|
|
4980 }
|
|
4981
|
|
4982 /*
|
|
4983 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
4984 */
|
|
4985 static void
|
|
4986 redo_literal(c)
|
|
4987 int c;
|
|
4988 {
|
|
4989 char_u buf[10];
|
|
4990
|
|
4991 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
4992 * three digits. */
|
|
4993 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
4994 {
|
|
4995 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
4996 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
4997 }
|
|
4998 else
|
|
4999 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
5000 }
|
|
5001
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
5003 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
484
|
5004 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
7
|
5005 */
|
|
5006 static void
|
|
5007 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
5008 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
5009 {
|
|
5010 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
5011 {
|
|
5012 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
5013 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
5014 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
5015 }
|
221
|
5016 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
5017 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
5018 #endif
|
7
|
5019 }
|
|
5020
|
221
|
5021 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
5022 /*
|
|
5023 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
5024 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
5025 */
|
|
5026 static void
|
|
5027 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
5028 {
|
|
5029 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
5030 {
|
|
5031 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
5032
|
|
5033 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
5034 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
5035 }
|
|
5036 }
|
484
|
5037
|
|
5038 /*
|
|
5039 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
5040 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
5041 */
|
|
5042 static void
|
|
5043 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
5044 {
|
|
5045 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5046
|
499
|
5047 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
484
|
5048 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
5049 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
5050 }
|
221
|
5051 #endif
|
|
5052
|
7
|
5053 /*
|
|
5054 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
5055 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
5056 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
5057 */
|
|
5058 int
|
|
5059 stop_arrow()
|
|
5060 {
|
|
5061 if (arrow_used)
|
|
5062 {
|
|
5063 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5064 {
|
|
5065 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
5066 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5067 }
|
|
5068 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
5069 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5070 ai_col = 0;
|
|
5071 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5072 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5073 {
|
|
5074 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5075 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
5076 }
|
|
5077 #endif
|
|
5078 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
5079 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
613
|
5080 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
7
|
5081 }
|
|
5082 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
5083 {
|
|
5084 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
5085 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
5086 }
|
|
5087
|
|
5088 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5089 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
5090 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
5091 #endif
|
|
5092
|
|
5093 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
5094 }
|
|
5095
|
|
5096 /*
|
|
5097 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
5098 */
|
|
5099 static void
|
|
5100 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
603
|
5101 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
5102 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
7
|
5103 {
|
603
|
5104 int cc;
|
|
5105 char_u *ptr;
|
7
|
5106
|
|
5107 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
5108 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
5109
|
|
5110 /*
|
603
|
5111 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
5112 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
5113 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
7
|
5114 */
|
603
|
5115 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
5116 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL && STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
5117 {
|
|
5118 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5119 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
5120 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
5121 }
|
|
5122 else
|
|
5123 vim_free(ptr);
|
7
|
5124
|
|
5125 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
5126 {
|
|
5127 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
5128 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
5129 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
5130 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
10
|
5131 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
7
|
5132 {
|
10
|
5133 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5134
|
7
|
5135 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
5136 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
5137 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
5138 cc = 'x';
|
|
5139 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
5140 {
|
|
5141 dec_cursor();
|
|
5142 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
5143 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
10
|
5144 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
7
|
5145 }
|
|
5146
|
|
5147 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
5148
|
10
|
5149 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5150 {
|
|
5151 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
5152 inc_cursor();
|
|
5153 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5154 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
5155 * the "coladd". */
|
|
5156 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
5157 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
5158 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
5159 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
5160 #endif
|
|
5161 }
|
7
|
5162 }
|
|
5163
|
|
5164 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
5165 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
5166
|
|
5167 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
10
|
5168 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
5169 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
5170 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
5171 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
7
|
5172 {
|
10
|
5173 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5174
|
|
5175 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
7
|
5176 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
5177 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5178 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
5179 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
10
|
5180 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
5181 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
5182 else if (cc != NUL)
|
7
|
5183 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
5184
|
|
5185 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
5186 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
5187 * deleted characters. */
|
|
5188 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
5189 {
|
|
5190 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
5191 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
5192 {
|
|
5193 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
5194 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5195 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
5196 # endif
|
|
5197 }
|
|
5198 }
|
|
5199 #endif
|
|
5200 }
|
|
5201 }
|
|
5202 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
5203 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
5204 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
5205 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
5206 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
5207 #endif
|
|
5208
|
|
5209 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
5210 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
5211 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
5212 }
|
|
5213
|
|
5214 /*
|
|
5215 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
5216 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
5217 */
|
|
5218 void
|
|
5219 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
5220 int c;
|
|
5221 {
|
|
5222 char_u *s;
|
|
5223
|
|
5224 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5226 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
5227 #else
|
|
5228 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
5229 #endif
|
|
5230 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
5231 {
|
|
5232 s = last_insert;
|
|
5233 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
5234 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
5235 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
5236 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
5237 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
5238 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
5239 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
5240 }
|
|
5241 }
|
|
5242
|
359
|
5243 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5244 void
|
|
5245 free_last_insert()
|
|
5246 {
|
|
5247 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
5248 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
5249 }
|
|
5250 #endif
|
|
5251
|
7
|
5252 /*
|
|
5253 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
5254 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
5255 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
5256 */
|
|
5257 char_u *
|
|
5258 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
5259 int c;
|
|
5260 char_u *s;
|
|
5261 {
|
|
5262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5263 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
5264 int i;
|
|
5265 int len;
|
|
5266
|
|
5267 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
5268 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
5269 {
|
|
5270 c = temp[i];
|
|
5271 #endif
|
|
5272 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
5273 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
5274 {
|
|
5275 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
5276 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
5277 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
5278 }
|
|
5279 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
5280 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
5281 {
|
|
5282 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
5283 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
5284 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
5285 }
|
|
5286 #endif
|
|
5287 else
|
|
5288 *s++ = c;
|
|
5289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5290 }
|
|
5291 #endif
|
|
5292 return s;
|
|
5293 }
|
|
5294
|
|
5295 /*
|
|
5296 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
5297 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
5298 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
5299 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
5300 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
5301 */
|
|
5302 void
|
|
5303 beginline(flags)
|
|
5304 int flags;
|
|
5305 {
|
|
5306 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
5307 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5308 else
|
|
5309 {
|
|
5310 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
5311 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5312 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5313 #endif
|
|
5314
|
|
5315 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
5316 {
|
|
5317 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5318
|
|
5319 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
5320 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
5321 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5322 }
|
|
5323 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5324 }
|
|
5325 }
|
|
5326
|
|
5327 /*
|
|
5328 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
5329 *
|
|
5330 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
5331 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
5332 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
5333 */
|
|
5334
|
|
5335 int
|
|
5336 oneright()
|
|
5337 {
|
|
5338 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5340 int l;
|
|
5341 #endif
|
|
5342
|
|
5343 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5344 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5345 {
|
|
5346 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
5347
|
|
5348 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
5349 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5350 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5351 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5352 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5353 #else
|
|
5354 *ptr
|
|
5355 #endif
|
|
5356 ))
|
|
5357 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
5358 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5359 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
5360 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
5361 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
5362 }
|
|
5363 #endif
|
|
5364
|
|
5365 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5366 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
5367 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
7
|
5368 {
|
|
5369 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
5370 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
5371 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
5372 return FAIL;
|
|
5373 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
5374 }
|
|
5375 else
|
|
5376 #endif
|
|
5377 {
|
|
5378 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
5379 return FAIL;
|
|
5380 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5381 }
|
|
5382
|
|
5383 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5384 return OK;
|
|
5385 }
|
|
5386
|
|
5387 int
|
|
5388 oneleft()
|
|
5389 {
|
|
5390 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
5391 if (virtual_active())
|
|
5392 {
|
|
5393 int width;
|
|
5394 int v = getviscol();
|
|
5395
|
|
5396 if (v == 0)
|
|
5397 return FAIL;
|
|
5398
|
|
5399 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
5400 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
5401 width = 1;
|
|
5402 for (;;)
|
|
5403 {
|
|
5404 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
5405 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
5406 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
5407 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
5408 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5409 && !has_mbyte
|
|
5410 # endif
|
|
5411 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
5412 break;
|
|
5413 ++width;
|
|
5414 }
|
|
5415 # else
|
|
5416 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
5417 # endif
|
|
5418
|
|
5419 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
5420 {
|
|
5421 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5422
|
|
5423 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
5424 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5425 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
5426 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5427 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
5428 # else
|
|
5429 *ptr
|
|
5430 # endif
|
|
5431 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
5432 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
5433 }
|
|
5434
|
|
5435 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5436 return OK;
|
|
5437 }
|
|
5438 #endif
|
|
5439
|
|
5440 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
5441 return FAIL;
|
|
5442
|
|
5443 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
5444 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
5445
|
|
5446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5447 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
5448 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
5449 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5450 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
5451 #endif
|
|
5452 return OK;
|
|
5453 }
|
|
5454
|
|
5455 int
|
|
5456 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
5457 long n;
|
|
5458 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
5459 {
|
|
5460 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
5461
|
|
5462 if (n > 0)
|
|
5463 {
|
|
5464 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
161
|
5465 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
5466 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
5467 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
5468 return FAIL;
|
|
5469 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
5470 lnum = 1;
|
|
5471 else
|
|
5472 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5473 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
5474 {
|
|
5475 /*
|
|
5476 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
5477 */
|
|
5478 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
5479 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
5480
|
|
5481 while (n--)
|
|
5482 {
|
|
5483 /* move up one line */
|
|
5484 --lnum;
|
|
5485 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
5486 break;
|
|
5487 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
5488 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
5489 * in a moment. */
|
|
5490 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
5491 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
5492 }
|
|
5493 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
5494 lnum = 1;
|
|
5495 }
|
|
5496 else
|
|
5497 #endif
|
|
5498 lnum -= n;
|
|
5499 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
5500 }
|
|
5501
|
|
5502 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
5503 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5504
|
|
5505 if (upd_topline)
|
|
5506 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
5507
|
|
5508 return OK;
|
|
5509 }
|
|
5510
|
|
5511 /*
|
|
5512 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
5513 */
|
|
5514 int
|
|
5515 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
5516 long n;
|
|
5517 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
5518 {
|
|
5519 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
5520
|
|
5521 if (n > 0)
|
|
5522 {
|
|
5523 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
5524 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5525 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
5526 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
5527 #endif
|
161
|
5528 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
5529 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
5530 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
5531 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
5532 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
7
|
5533 return FAIL;
|
|
5534 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5535 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5536 else
|
|
5537 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
5538 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
5539 {
|
|
5540 linenr_T last;
|
|
5541
|
|
5542 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
5543 while (n--)
|
|
5544 {
|
|
5545 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
5546 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
5547 else
|
|
5548 ++lnum;
|
|
5549 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5550 break;
|
|
5551 }
|
|
5552 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
5553 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
5554 }
|
|
5555 else
|
|
5556 #endif
|
|
5557 lnum += n;
|
|
5558 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
5559 }
|
|
5560
|
|
5561 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
5562 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
5563
|
|
5564 if (upd_topline)
|
|
5565 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
5566
|
|
5567 return OK;
|
|
5568 }
|
|
5569
|
|
5570 /*
|
|
5571 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
5572 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
5573 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
5574 */
|
|
5575 int
|
|
5576 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
5577 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
5578 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
5579 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
5580 {
|
|
5581 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
5582 char_u *ptr;
|
|
5583 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
5584 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
5585
|
|
5586 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
5587 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
5588 {
|
|
5589 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
5590 return FAIL;
|
|
5591 }
|
|
5592
|
|
5593 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
5594 if (c != NUL)
|
|
5595 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
5596 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
5597 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
5598
|
|
5599 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
5600 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
5601 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
5602 */
|
|
5603 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
5604 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
5605 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
5606 {
|
|
5607 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
5608 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
5609 }
|
|
5610
|
|
5611 do
|
|
5612 {
|
|
5613 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
5614 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
5615 if (last)
|
|
5616 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
5617 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
5618 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
5619 }
|
|
5620 while (--count > 0);
|
|
5621
|
|
5622 if (last)
|
|
5623 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
5624
|
|
5625 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
5626 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
5627
|
|
5628 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
5629 if (!no_esc)
|
|
5630 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
5631
|
|
5632 return OK;
|
|
5633 }
|
|
5634
|
|
5635 char_u *
|
|
5636 get_last_insert()
|
|
5637 {
|
|
5638 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
5639 return NULL;
|
|
5640 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
5641 }
|
|
5642
|
|
5643 /*
|
|
5644 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
5645 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
5646 */
|
|
5647 char_u *
|
|
5648 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
5649 {
|
|
5650 char_u *s;
|
|
5651 int len;
|
|
5652
|
|
5653 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
5654 return NULL;
|
|
5655 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
5656 if (s != NULL)
|
|
5657 {
|
|
5658 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
5659 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
5660 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
5661 }
|
|
5662 return s;
|
|
5663 }
|
|
5664
|
|
5665 /*
|
|
5666 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
5667 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
5668 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
5669 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
5670 */
|
|
5671 static int
|
|
5672 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
5673 int c;
|
|
5674 {
|
|
5675 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
5676 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
5677 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
5678 return FALSE;
|
|
5679
|
|
5680 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
5681 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
5682 }
|
|
5683
|
|
5684 /*
|
|
5685 * replace-stack functions
|
|
5686 *
|
|
5687 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
5688 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
5689 *
|
|
5690 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
5691 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
5692 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
5693 *
|
|
5694 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
5695 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
5696 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
5697 *
|
|
5698 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
5699 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
5700 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
5701 */
|
|
5702
|
298
|
5703 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
5704 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
5705 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
7
|
5706
|
|
5707 void
|
|
5708 replace_push(c)
|
|
5709 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
5710 {
|
|
5711 char_u *p;
|
|
5712
|
|
5713 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
5714 return;
|
|
5715 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
5716 {
|
|
5717 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
5718 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
5719 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
5720 {
|
|
5721 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
5722 return;
|
|
5723 }
|
|
5724 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
5725 {
|
|
5726 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
5727 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
5728 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
5729 }
|
|
5730 replace_stack = p;
|
|
5731 }
|
|
5732 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
5733 if (replace_offset)
|
|
5734 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
5735 *p = c;
|
|
5736 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5737 }
|
|
5738
|
|
5739 /*
|
|
5740 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
5741 */
|
|
5742 static void
|
|
5743 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
5744 int c;
|
|
5745 {
|
|
5746 char_u *p;
|
|
5747
|
|
5748 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5749 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5750 ++replace_offset)
|
|
5751 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
5752 break;
|
|
5753 replace_push(c);
|
|
5754 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
5755 }
|
|
5756
|
|
5757 /*
|
|
5758 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
5759 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
5760 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
5761 */
|
|
5762 static int
|
|
5763 replace_pop()
|
|
5764 {
|
|
5765 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
5766 return -1;
|
|
5767 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
5768 }
|
|
5769
|
|
5770 /*
|
|
5771 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
5772 * encountered.
|
|
5773 */
|
|
5774 static void
|
|
5775 replace_join(off)
|
|
5776 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
5777 {
|
|
5778 int i;
|
|
5779
|
|
5780 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
5781 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
5782 {
|
|
5783 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
5784 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
5785 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
5786 return;
|
|
5787 }
|
|
5788 }
|
|
5789
|
|
5790 /*
|
|
5791 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
5792 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
5793 */
|
|
5794 static void
|
|
5795 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
5796 {
|
|
5797 int cc;
|
|
5798 int oldState = State;
|
|
5799
|
|
5800 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
5801 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
5802 {
|
|
5803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5804 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
5805 #else
|
|
5806 ins_char(cc);
|
|
5807 #endif
|
|
5808 dec_cursor();
|
|
5809 }
|
|
5810 State = oldState;
|
|
5811 }
|
|
5812
|
|
5813 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5814 /*
|
|
5815 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
5816 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
5817 */
|
|
5818 static void
|
|
5819 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
5820 int cc;
|
|
5821 {
|
|
5822 int n;
|
|
5823 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
5824 int i;
|
|
5825 int c;
|
|
5826
|
|
5827 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
5828 {
|
|
5829 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
5830 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
5831 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
5832 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
5833 }
|
|
5834 else
|
|
5835 ins_char(cc);
|
|
5836
|
|
5837 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
5838 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
5839 for (;;)
|
|
5840 {
|
|
5841 c = replace_pop();
|
|
5842 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
5843 break;
|
|
5844 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
5845 {
|
|
5846 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
5847 replace_push(c);
|
|
5848 break;
|
|
5849 }
|
|
5850 else
|
|
5851 {
|
|
5852 buf[0] = c;
|
|
5853 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
5854 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
5855 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
5856 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
5857 else
|
|
5858 {
|
|
5859 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
5860 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
5861 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
5862 break;
|
|
5863 }
|
|
5864 }
|
|
5865 }
|
|
5866 }
|
|
5867 #endif
|
|
5868
|
|
5869 /*
|
|
5870 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
5871 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
5872 */
|
|
5873 static void
|
|
5874 replace_flush()
|
|
5875 {
|
|
5876 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
5877 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
5878 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
5879 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
5880 }
|
|
5881
|
|
5882 /*
|
|
5883 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
5884 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
5885 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
5886 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
5887 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
5888 */
|
|
5889 static void
|
|
5890 replace_do_bs()
|
|
5891 {
|
|
5892 int cc;
|
|
5893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5894 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
5895 int ins_len;
|
|
5896 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
5897 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
5898 char_u *p;
|
|
5899 int i;
|
|
5900 int vcol;
|
|
5901 #endif
|
|
5902
|
|
5903 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
5904 if (cc > 0)
|
|
5905 {
|
|
5906 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5907 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5908 {
|
|
5909 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
5910 * going to delete. */
|
|
5911 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
5912 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
5913 }
|
|
5914 #endif
|
|
5915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
5916 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
5917 {
|
|
5918 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5919 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5920 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5921 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
5922 # endif
|
|
5923 replace_push(cc);
|
|
5924 }
|
|
5925 else
|
|
5926 #endif
|
|
5927 {
|
|
5928 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
5929 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5930 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5931 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
5932 #endif
|
|
5933 }
|
|
5934 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
5935
|
|
5936 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
5937 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
5938 {
|
|
5939 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
5940 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
5941 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
5942 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
5943 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
5944 {
|
|
5945 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
5946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
474
|
5947 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
7
|
5948 #endif
|
|
5949 }
|
|
5950 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
5951
|
|
5952 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
5953 * text aligned. */
|
|
5954 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
5955 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
5956 {
|
|
5957 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5958 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
5959 }
|
|
5960 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
5961 }
|
|
5962 #endif
|
|
5963
|
|
5964 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
5965 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
5966 }
|
|
5967 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
5968 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
5969 }
|
|
5970
|
|
5971 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
5972 /*
|
|
5973 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
5974 */
|
|
5975 static int
|
|
5976 cindent_on()
|
|
5977 {
|
|
5978 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
5979 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
5980 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
5981 # endif
|
|
5982 ));
|
|
5983 }
|
|
5984 #endif
|
|
5985
|
|
5986 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
5988 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
5989 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
5990 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
5991 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
5992 */
|
|
5993
|
|
5994 void
|
|
5995 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
5996 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
5997 {
|
|
5998 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
5999 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
6000 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
6001 }
|
|
6002
|
|
6003 void
|
|
6004 fix_indent()
|
|
6005 {
|
|
6006 if (p_paste)
|
|
6007 return;
|
|
6008 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
6009 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
6010 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
6011 # endif
|
|
6012 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
6013 else
|
|
6014 # endif
|
|
6015 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6016 if (cindent_on())
|
|
6017 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
6018 # endif
|
|
6019 }
|
|
6020
|
|
6021 #endif
|
|
6022
|
|
6023 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6024 /*
|
|
6025 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
6026 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
6027 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
6028 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
6029 *
|
|
6030 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
6031 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
6032 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
6033 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
6034 *
|
|
6035 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
6036 */
|
|
6037 int
|
|
6038 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
6039 int keytyped;
|
|
6040 int when;
|
|
6041 int line_is_empty;
|
|
6042 {
|
|
6043 char_u *look;
|
|
6044 int try_match;
|
|
6045 int try_match_word;
|
|
6046 char_u *p;
|
|
6047 char_u *line;
|
|
6048 int icase;
|
|
6049 int i;
|
|
6050
|
|
6051 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6052 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
6053 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
6054 else
|
|
6055 #endif
|
|
6056 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
6057 while (*look)
|
|
6058 {
|
|
6059 /*
|
|
6060 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
6061 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
6062 */
|
|
6063 switch (when)
|
|
6064 {
|
|
6065 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
6066 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
6067 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
6068 }
|
|
6069 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
6070 ++look;
|
|
6071
|
|
6072 /*
|
|
6073 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
6074 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
6075 */
|
|
6076 if (*look == '0')
|
|
6077 {
|
|
6078 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
6079 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
6080 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
6081 ++look;
|
|
6082 }
|
|
6083 else
|
|
6084 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
6085
|
|
6086 /*
|
|
6087 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
6088 */
|
|
6089 if (*look == '^'
|
|
6090 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6091 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
6092 #else
|
|
6093 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
6094 #endif
|
|
6095 )
|
|
6096 {
|
|
6097 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
6098 return TRUE;
|
|
6099 look += 2;
|
|
6100 }
|
|
6101 /*
|
|
6102 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
6103 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
6104 */
|
|
6105 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
6106 {
|
|
6107 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
6108 return TRUE;
|
|
6109 ++look;
|
|
6110 }
|
|
6111 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
6112 {
|
|
6113 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
6114 return TRUE;
|
|
6115 ++look;
|
|
6116 }
|
|
6117
|
|
6118 /*
|
|
6119 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
6120 * cursor.
|
|
6121 */
|
|
6122 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
6123 {
|
|
6124 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
6125 {
|
|
6126 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6127 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
6128 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
6129 return TRUE;
|
|
6130 }
|
|
6131 ++look;
|
|
6132 }
|
|
6133
|
|
6134 /*
|
|
6135 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
6136 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
6137 * class::method for C++).
|
|
6138 */
|
|
6139 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
6140 {
|
|
6141 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
6142 {
|
|
6143 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6144 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
6145 return TRUE;
|
|
6146 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
6147 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
6148 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
6149 {
|
|
6150 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
6151 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
6152 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
6153 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6154 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
6155 if (i)
|
|
6156 return TRUE;
|
|
6157 }
|
|
6158 }
|
|
6159 ++look;
|
|
6160 }
|
|
6161
|
|
6162
|
|
6163 /*
|
|
6164 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
6165 */
|
|
6166 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
6167 {
|
|
6168 if (try_match)
|
|
6169 {
|
|
6170 /*
|
|
6171 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
6172 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
6173 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
6174 */
|
|
6175 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
6176 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
6177 return TRUE;
|
|
6178
|
|
6179 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
6180 return TRUE;
|
|
6181 }
|
|
6182 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
6183 look++;
|
|
6184 while (*look == '>')
|
|
6185 look++;
|
|
6186 }
|
|
6187
|
|
6188 /*
|
|
6189 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
6190 */
|
|
6191 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
6192 {
|
|
6193 ++look;
|
|
6194 if (*look == '~')
|
|
6195 {
|
|
6196 icase = TRUE;
|
|
6197 ++look;
|
|
6198 }
|
|
6199 else
|
|
6200 icase = FALSE;
|
|
6201 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
6202 if (p == NULL)
|
|
6203 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
6204 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
6205 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
6206 {
|
|
6207 int match = FALSE;
|
|
6208
|
|
6209 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
6210 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
6211 {
|
|
6212 char_u *s;
|
|
6213
|
|
6214 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
6215 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
6216 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6217 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6218 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6219 {
|
|
6220 char_u *n;
|
|
6221
|
|
6222 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
6223 {
|
|
6224 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
6225 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
6226 break;
|
|
6227 }
|
|
6228 }
|
|
6229 else
|
|
6230 # endif
|
|
6231 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
6232 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
6233 break;
|
|
6234 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
6235 && (icase
|
|
6236 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
6237 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
6238 match = TRUE;
|
|
6239 }
|
|
6240 else
|
|
6241 #endif
|
|
6242 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
6243 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
6244 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
6245 {
|
|
6246 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
6247 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
6248 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
6249 && (icase
|
|
6250 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
6251 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
6252 == 0)
|
|
6253 match = TRUE;
|
|
6254 }
|
|
6255 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
6256 {
|
|
6257 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
6258 * word. */
|
|
6259 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
6260 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
6261 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
6262 match = FALSE;
|
|
6263 }
|
|
6264 if (match)
|
|
6265 return TRUE;
|
|
6266 }
|
|
6267 look = p;
|
|
6268 }
|
|
6269
|
|
6270 /*
|
|
6271 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
6272 */
|
|
6273 else
|
|
6274 {
|
|
6275 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
6276 return TRUE;
|
|
6277 ++look;
|
|
6278 }
|
|
6279
|
|
6280 /*
|
|
6281 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
6282 */
|
|
6283 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
6284 }
|
|
6285 return FALSE;
|
|
6286 }
|
|
6287 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
6288
|
|
6289 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
6290 /*
|
|
6291 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
6292 */
|
|
6293 int
|
|
6294 hkmap(c)
|
|
6295 int c;
|
|
6296 {
|
|
6297 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
6298 {
|
|
6299 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
6300 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
6301 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
6302 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
6303 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
6304 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
6305 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
6306 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
6307 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
6308 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
6309 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
6310 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
6311 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
6312
|
|
6313 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
6314 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
6315 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
6316 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
6317 return 'X';
|
|
6318 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
6319 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
6320 else if (c == 246)
|
|
6321 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
6322 else if (c == 228)
|
|
6323 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6324 else if (c == 252)
|
|
6325 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
6326 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6327 else if (islower(c))
|
|
6328 #else
|
|
6329 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
6330 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
6331 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
6332 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
6333 */
|
|
6334 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
6335 #endif
|
|
6336 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
6337 else
|
|
6338 return c;
|
|
6339 }
|
|
6340 else
|
|
6341 {
|
|
6342 switch (c)
|
|
6343 {
|
|
6344 case '`': return ';';
|
|
6345 case '/': return '.';
|
|
6346 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
6347 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
6348 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
6349
|
|
6350 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
6351 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
6352 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
6353 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
6354 default: {
|
|
6355 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
6356
|
|
6357 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
6358 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
6359 if (!islower(c))
|
|
6360 #else
|
|
6361 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
6362 #endif
|
|
6363 return c;
|
|
6364 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
6365 break;
|
|
6366 }
|
|
6367 }
|
|
6368
|
|
6369 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
6370 }
|
|
6371 }
|
|
6372 #endif
|
|
6373
|
|
6374 static void
|
|
6375 ins_reg()
|
|
6376 {
|
|
6377 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6378 int regname;
|
|
6379 int literally = 0;
|
|
6380
|
|
6381 /*
|
|
6382 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
6383 */
|
|
6384 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
6385 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
6386 {
|
|
6387 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
6388 ins_redraw();
|
|
6389
|
|
6390 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
6391 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6392 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
6394 }
|
|
6395
|
|
6396 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
6397 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
6398 #endif
|
|
6399
|
|
6400 /*
|
|
6401 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
6402 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
6403 */
|
|
6404 ++no_mapping;
|
|
6405 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6406 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6407 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6408 #endif
|
|
6409 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6410 {
|
|
6411 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
6412 literally = regname;
|
|
6413 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6414 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
6415 #endif
|
|
6416 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6417 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
6418 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
6419 #endif
|
|
6420 }
|
|
6421 --no_mapping;
|
|
6422
|
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6424 /*
|
|
6425 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
6426 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
6427 */
|
|
6428 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
6429 if (regname == '=')
|
|
6430 {
|
133
|
6431 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6432 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
133
|
6433 # endif
|
7
|
6434 regname = get_expr_register();
|
133
|
6435 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
7
|
6436 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
6437 if (im_on)
|
|
6438 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
133
|
6439 # endif
|
7
|
6440 }
|
140
|
6441 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
6442 {
|
|
6443 vim_beep();
|
7
|
6444 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
140
|
6445 }
|
7
|
6446 else
|
|
6447 {
|
|
6448 #endif
|
|
6449 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
6450 {
|
|
6451 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
6452 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
6453 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
6454 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
6455
|
|
6456 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
6457 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
6458 }
|
|
6459 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
6460 {
|
|
6461 vim_beep();
|
|
6462 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
6463 }
|
133
|
6464 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
6465 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
6466 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
6467 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
6468 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
6469
|
7
|
6470 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
6471 }
|
|
6472 --no_u_sync;
|
|
6473 #endif
|
|
6474 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
6475 clear_showcmd();
|
|
6476 #endif
|
|
6477
|
|
6478 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
6479 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
6480 edit_unputchar();
|
|
6481 }
|
|
6482
|
|
6483 /*
|
|
6484 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
6485 */
|
|
6486 static void
|
|
6487 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
6488 {
|
|
6489 int c;
|
|
6490
|
|
6491 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
6492 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
6493 setcursor();
|
|
6494 #endif
|
|
6495
|
|
6496 /*
|
|
6497 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
6498 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
6499 */
|
|
6500 ++no_mapping;
|
|
6501 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
6502 --no_mapping;
|
|
6503 switch (c)
|
|
6504 {
|
|
6505 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
6506 case K_UP:
|
|
6507 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
6508 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
6509 break;
|
|
6510
|
|
6511 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
6512 case K_DOWN:
|
|
6513 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
6514 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
6515 break;
|
|
6516
|
|
6517 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
6518 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
6519 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
6520 break;
|
|
6521
|
|
6522 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
6523 default: vim_beep();
|
|
6524 }
|
|
6525 }
|
|
6526
|
|
6527 /*
|
449
|
6528 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
6529 */
|
|
6530 static void
|
|
6531 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
6532 {
|
|
6533 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
6534 {
|
|
6535 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
6536 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
6537 {
|
|
6538 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
6539 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
6540 }
|
|
6541 else
|
|
6542 {
|
|
6543 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
6544 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
6545 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6546 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6547 #endif
|
|
6548 }
|
|
6549 }
|
|
6550 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6551 else
|
|
6552 {
|
|
6553 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
6554 if (im_get_status())
|
|
6555 {
|
|
6556 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
6557 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6558 }
|
|
6559 else
|
|
6560 {
|
|
6561 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
6562 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
6563 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
6564 }
|
|
6565 }
|
|
6566 #endif
|
|
6567 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
6568 showmode();
|
|
6569 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
6570 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
6571 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
6572 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
6573 #endif
|
|
6574 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
6575 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
6576 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
6577 #endif
|
|
6578 }
|
|
6579
|
|
6580 /*
|
7
|
6581 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
6582 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
6583 * insert.
|
|
6584 */
|
|
6585 static int
|
477
|
6586 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
7
|
6587 long *count;
|
|
6588 int cmdchar;
|
477
|
6589 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
7
|
6590 {
|
|
6591 int temp;
|
|
6592 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6593
|
449
|
6594 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
6595 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
6596 #endif
|
7
|
6597 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
6598 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
6599 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
6600 # endif
|
|
6601 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
6602 {
|
|
6603 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
6604 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
6605 }
|
|
6606 #endif
|
|
6607
|
|
6608 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6609 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
6610 {
|
|
6611 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
6612 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
6613 }
|
|
6614 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
6615 {
|
|
6616 /*
|
|
6617 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
75
|
6618 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
6619 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
7
|
6620 */
|
|
6621 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
75
|
6622 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
7
|
6623
|
|
6624 /*
|
|
6625 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
6626 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
6627 */
|
|
6628 if (*count > 0)
|
|
6629 {
|
|
6630 line_breakcheck();
|
|
6631 if (got_int)
|
|
6632 *count = 0;
|
|
6633 }
|
|
6634
|
|
6635 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
6636 {
|
164
|
6637 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
6638 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
6639 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
6640
|
7
|
6641 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
6642 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
6643 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
6644 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
6645 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
6646 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
6647 }
|
|
6648 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
6649 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
6650 }
|
|
6651
|
|
6652 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
6653 * indent */
|
|
6654 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
6655 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
6656
|
|
6657 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
6658 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
6659 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
6660
|
|
6661 /*
|
|
6662 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
477
|
6663 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
7
|
6664 */
|
477
|
6665 if (!nomove
|
|
6666 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
7
|
6667 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6668 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
6669 #endif
|
477
|
6670 )
|
|
6671 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
6672 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
7
|
6673 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
477
|
6674 && !VIsual_active
|
|
6675 #endif
|
|
6676 ))
|
7
|
6677 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6678 && !revins_on
|
|
6679 #endif
|
|
6680 )
|
|
6681 {
|
|
6682 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6683 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
6684 {
|
|
6685 oneleft();
|
|
6686 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
6687 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
6688 }
|
|
6689 else
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
6691 {
|
|
6692 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6694 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
6695 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
6696 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
6697 #endif
|
|
6698 }
|
|
6699 }
|
|
6700
|
|
6701 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
6702 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
6703 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
6704 * well). */
|
|
6705 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
6706 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
6707 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
6708 #endif
|
|
6709
|
|
6710 State = NORMAL;
|
|
6711 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
6712 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
6713
|
|
6714 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
6715 setmouse();
|
|
6716 #endif
|
|
6717 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
6718 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
6719 #endif
|
|
6720
|
|
6721 /*
|
|
6722 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
6723 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
6724 */
|
|
6725 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
6726 showmode();
|
|
6727 else if (p_smd)
|
|
6728 MSG("");
|
|
6729
|
|
6730 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
6731 }
|
|
6732
|
|
6733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6734 /*
|
|
6735 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
6736 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
6737 */
|
|
6738 static void
|
|
6739 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
6740 {
|
|
6741 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
6742 {
|
|
6743 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
6744 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6745 }
|
|
6746 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
6747 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
6748 if (revins_on)
|
|
6749 {
|
|
6750 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6751 revins_legal++;
|
|
6752 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
6753 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
6754 }
|
|
6755 else
|
|
6756 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
6757 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
6758 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
6759 {
|
|
6760 /*
|
|
6761 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
6762 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
6763 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
6764 */
|
|
6765 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
6766 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
6767 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
6768 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
6769 State = INSERT;
|
|
6770 }
|
|
6771 else
|
|
6772 #endif
|
|
6773 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
6774 showmode();
|
|
6775 }
|
|
6776 #endif
|
|
6777
|
|
6778 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
6779 /*
|
|
6780 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
6781 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
6782 */
|
|
6783 static int
|
|
6784 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
6785 int c;
|
|
6786 {
|
|
6787 if (km_startsel)
|
|
6788 switch (c)
|
|
6789 {
|
|
6790 case K_KHOME:
|
|
6791 case K_KEND:
|
|
6792 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
6793 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
6794 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
6795 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
6796 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
6797 case K_LEFT:
|
|
6798 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
6799 case K_UP:
|
|
6800 case K_DOWN:
|
|
6801 case K_END:
|
|
6802 case K_HOME:
|
|
6803 # endif
|
|
6804 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
6805 break;
|
|
6806 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
6807 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
6808 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
6809 case K_S_UP:
|
|
6810 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
6811 case K_S_END:
|
|
6812 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
6813 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
6814 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
6815 start_selection();
|
|
6816
|
|
6817 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
6818 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
6819 if (mod_mask)
|
|
6820 {
|
|
6821 char_u buf[4];
|
|
6822
|
|
6823 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
6824 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
6825 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
6826 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
6827 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
6828 }
|
|
6829 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
6830 return TRUE;
|
|
6831 }
|
|
6832 return FALSE;
|
|
6833 }
|
|
6834 #endif
|
|
6835
|
|
6836 /*
|
449
|
6837 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
6838 */
|
|
6839 static void
|
|
6840 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
6841 int replaceState;
|
|
6842 {
|
|
6843 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
6844 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
6845 {
|
|
6846 beep_flush();
|
|
6847 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
6848 return;
|
|
6849 }
|
|
6850 #endif
|
|
6851
|
|
6852 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
532
|
6853 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
449
|
6854 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
6855 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
6856 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
532
|
6857 # endif
|
449
|
6858 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
6859 #endif
|
|
6860 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6861 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
6862 else
|
|
6863 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
6864 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
6865 showmode();
|
|
6866 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
6867 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
6868 #endif
|
|
6869 }
|
|
6870
|
|
6871 /*
|
|
6872 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
6873 */
|
|
6874 static void
|
|
6875 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
6876 {
|
|
6877 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
6878 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6879 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
6880 else
|
|
6881 #endif
|
|
6882 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6883 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
6884 else
|
|
6885 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
6886 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
6887 if (virtual_active())
|
|
6888 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
6889 else
|
|
6890 #endif
|
|
6891 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
6892 }
|
|
6893
|
|
6894 /*
|
7
|
6895 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
6896 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
6897 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
6898 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
6899 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
6900 */
|
|
6901 static void
|
|
6902 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
6903 int c;
|
|
6904 int lastc;
|
|
6905 {
|
|
6906 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
6907 return;
|
|
6908 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
6909
|
|
6910 /*
|
|
6911 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
6912 */
|
|
6913 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
6914 {
|
|
6915 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6916 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
6917 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
6918 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
6919 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
6920 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
6921 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
6922 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
6923 }
|
|
6924 else
|
|
6925 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
6926
|
|
6927 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
6928 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6929 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
6930 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
6931 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
6932 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
6933 #endif
|
|
6934 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
6935 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
6936 #endif
|
|
6937 }
|
|
6938
|
|
6939 static void
|
|
6940 ins_del()
|
|
6941 {
|
|
6942 int temp;
|
|
6943
|
|
6944 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
6945 return;
|
|
6946 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
6947 {
|
|
6948 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
6949 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
6950 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
6951 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
6952 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
6953 vim_beep();
|
|
6954 else
|
|
6955 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
6956 }
|
|
6957 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
6958 vim_beep();
|
|
6959 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
6960 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
6961 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
6962 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
6963 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
6964 #endif
|
|
6965 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
6966 }
|
|
6967
|
|
6968 /*
|
|
6969 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
6970 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
6971 */
|
|
6972 static int
|
|
6973 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
6974 int c;
|
|
6975 int mode;
|
|
6976 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
6977 {
|
|
6978 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
6979 int cc;
|
|
6980 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
6981 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
6982 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
6983 int in_indent;
|
|
6984 int oldState;
|
|
6985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
6986 int p1, p2;
|
|
6987 #endif
|
|
6988
|
|
6989 /*
|
|
6990 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
6991 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
6992 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
6993 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
6994 */
|
|
6995 if ( bufempty()
|
|
6996 || (
|
|
6997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
6998 !revins_on &&
|
|
6999 #endif
|
|
7000 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7001 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
7002 && (arrow_used
|
|
7003 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7004 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
7005 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
7006 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
7007 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
7008 {
|
|
7009 vim_beep();
|
|
7010 return FALSE;
|
|
7011 }
|
|
7012
|
|
7013 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7014 return FALSE;
|
|
7015 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
7016 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7017 if (in_indent)
|
|
7018 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
7019 #endif
|
|
7020 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
7021 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
7022 #endif
|
|
7023 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7024 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
7025 inc_cursor();
|
|
7026 #endif
|
|
7027
|
|
7028 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7029 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
7030 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
7031 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
7032 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
7033 */
|
|
7034 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
7035 {
|
|
7036 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7037 {
|
|
7038 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
7039 return TRUE;
|
|
7040 }
|
|
7041 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
7042 {
|
|
7043 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7044 return TRUE;
|
|
7045 }
|
|
7046 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7047 }
|
|
7048 #endif
|
|
7049
|
|
7050 /*
|
|
7051 * delete newline!
|
|
7052 */
|
|
7053 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
7054 {
|
|
7055 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7056 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7057 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7058 || revins_on
|
|
7059 #endif
|
|
7060 )
|
|
7061 {
|
|
7062 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
7063 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
7064 return FALSE;
|
|
7065 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
7066 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7067 }
|
|
7068 /*
|
|
7069 * In replace mode:
|
|
7070 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
7071 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
7072 */
|
|
7073 cc = -1;
|
|
7074 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7075 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
7076 /*
|
|
7077 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
7078 * cursor.
|
|
7079 */
|
|
7080 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
7081 {
|
|
7082 dec_cursor();
|
|
7083 }
|
|
7084 else
|
|
7085 {
|
|
7086 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7087 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7088 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
7089 #endif
|
|
7090 {
|
|
7091 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
7092 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
278
|
7093
|
|
7094 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
7095 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
7096 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
7097 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
7098 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
7099 {
|
|
7100 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
7101 TRUE);
|
|
7102 int len;
|
|
7103
|
|
7104 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
7105 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
7106 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
7107 }
|
|
7108
|
7
|
7109 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
7110 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
7111 inc_cursor();
|
|
7112 }
|
|
7113 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7114 else
|
|
7115 dec_cursor();
|
|
7116 #endif
|
|
7117
|
|
7118 /*
|
|
7119 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
7120 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
7121 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
7122 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
7123 */
|
|
7124 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7125 {
|
|
7126 /*
|
|
7127 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
7128 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
7129 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
7130 */
|
|
7131 oldState = State;
|
|
7132 State = NORMAL;
|
|
7133 /*
|
|
7134 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
7135 */
|
|
7136 while (cc > 0)
|
|
7137 {
|
|
7138 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7139 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7140 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
7141 #else
|
|
7142 ins_char(cc);
|
|
7143 #endif
|
|
7144 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7145 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
7146 }
|
|
7147 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
7148 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
7149 State = oldState;
|
|
7150 }
|
|
7151 }
|
|
7152 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7153 }
|
|
7154 else
|
|
7155 {
|
|
7156 /*
|
|
7157 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
7158 */
|
|
7159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7160 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
7161 dec_cursor();
|
|
7162 #endif
|
|
7163 mincol = 0;
|
|
7164 /* keep indent */
|
|
7165 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
7166 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7167 && !revins_on
|
|
7168 #endif
|
|
7169 )
|
|
7170 {
|
|
7171 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7172 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
7173 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
7174 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7175 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
7176 }
|
|
7177
|
|
7178 /*
|
|
7179 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
7180 */
|
|
7181 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
7182 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7183 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
7184 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
7185 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
7186 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
7187 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
7188 {
|
|
7189 int ts;
|
|
7190 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
7191 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
7192 int extra = 0;
|
|
7193
|
|
7194 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
7195 if (p_sta)
|
|
7196 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
7197 else
|
|
7198 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
7199 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
7200 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
7201 * the previous character. */
|
|
7202 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7203 dec_cursor();
|
|
7204 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
7205 inc_cursor();
|
|
7206 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
7207
|
|
7208 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
7209 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
7210 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
7211 {
|
|
7212 dec_cursor();
|
|
7213 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7214 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7215 {
|
|
7216 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
7217 * Replace mode */
|
|
7218 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
7219 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
7220 {
|
|
7221 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
7222 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
7223 {
|
|
7224 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7225 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
7226 }
|
|
7227 else
|
|
7228 #endif
|
|
7229 replace_do_bs();
|
|
7230 }
|
|
7231 }
|
|
7232 else
|
|
7233 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7234 }
|
|
7235
|
|
7236 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
7237 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
7238 {
|
|
7239 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
7240 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7241 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7242 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7243
|
|
7244 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7245 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7246 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7247 else
|
|
7248 #endif
|
|
7249 {
|
|
7250 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
7251 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
7252 {
|
|
7253 if (extra)
|
|
7254 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
7255 else
|
|
7256 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7257 }
|
|
7258 if (extra == 2)
|
|
7259 extra = 1;
|
|
7260 }
|
|
7261 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7262 }
|
|
7263 }
|
|
7264
|
|
7265 /*
|
|
7266 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
7267 */
|
|
7268 else do
|
|
7269 {
|
|
7270 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7271 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
7272 #endif
|
|
7273 dec_cursor();
|
|
7274
|
|
7275 /* start of word? */
|
|
7276 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
7277 {
|
|
7278 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
7279 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
7280 }
|
|
7281 /* end of word? */
|
|
7282 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
7283 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
7284 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
7285 {
|
|
7286 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7287 if (!revins_on)
|
|
7288 #endif
|
|
7289 inc_cursor();
|
|
7290 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7291 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7292 dec_cursor();
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
7294 break;
|
|
7295 }
|
|
7296 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7297 replace_do_bs();
|
|
7298 else
|
|
7299 {
|
|
7300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7301 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
7302 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
7303 #endif
|
|
7304 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
7305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7306 /*
|
|
7307 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
7308 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7309 * character.
|
|
7310 */
|
|
7311 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
7312 inc_cursor();
|
|
7313 #endif
|
|
7314 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7315 if (revins_chars)
|
|
7316 {
|
|
7317 revins_chars--;
|
|
7318 revins_legal++;
|
|
7319 }
|
|
7320 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7321 break;
|
|
7322 #endif
|
|
7323 }
|
|
7324 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
7325 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
7326 break;
|
|
7327 } while (
|
|
7328 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7329 revins_on ||
|
|
7330 #endif
|
|
7331 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
7332 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
7333 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
7334 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
7335 }
|
|
7336 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7337 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7338 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7339 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7340 #endif
|
|
7341 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
7342 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7343 /*
|
|
7344 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
7345 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
7346 * with.
|
|
7347 */
|
|
7348 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
7349
|
|
7350 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
7351 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7352 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7353 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7354
|
|
7355 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
7356 * was there remains visible
|
|
7357 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
7358 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
7359 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
7360 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
7361 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
7362 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
7363 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
7364
|
|
7365 return did_backspace;
|
|
7366 }
|
|
7367
|
|
7368 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
7369 static void
|
|
7370 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
7371 int c;
|
|
7372 {
|
|
7373 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7374
|
|
7375 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7376 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
7377 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
7378 # endif
|
|
7379 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
7380 return;
|
|
7381
|
|
7382 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7383 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7384 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
7385 {
|
|
7386 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7387 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7388 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7389 # endif
|
|
7390 }
|
|
7391
|
|
7392 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
7393 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
7394 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
7395 #endif
|
|
7396 }
|
|
7397
|
|
7398 static void
|
|
7399 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
7400 int up;
|
|
7401 {
|
|
7402 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7403 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7404 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
7405 # endif
|
|
7406
|
|
7407 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7408
|
|
7409 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7410 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7411
|
|
7412 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
7413 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
7414 {
|
|
7415 int row, col;
|
|
7416
|
|
7417 row = mouse_row;
|
|
7418 col = mouse_col;
|
|
7419
|
|
7420 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
7421 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
7422 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7423 }
|
|
7424 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
7425 # endif
|
|
7426 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7427
|
|
7428 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
7429 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
7430 else
|
|
7431 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
7432
|
|
7433 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
7434 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
7435
|
|
7436 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
7437 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
7438 # endif
|
|
7439
|
|
7440 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
7441 {
|
|
7442 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7443 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7444 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7445 # endif
|
|
7446 }
|
|
7447 }
|
|
7448 #endif
|
|
7449
|
|
7450 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
7451 void
|
|
7452 ins_scroll()
|
|
7453 {
|
|
7454 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7455
|
|
7456 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7457 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7458 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
7459 {
|
|
7460 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7461 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7462 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7463 # endif
|
|
7464 }
|
|
7465 }
|
|
7466
|
|
7467 void
|
|
7468 ins_horscroll()
|
|
7469 {
|
|
7470 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7471
|
|
7472 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7473 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7474 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
7475 {
|
|
7476 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7477 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7478 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7479 # endif
|
|
7480 }
|
|
7481 }
|
|
7482 #endif
|
|
7483
|
|
7484 static void
|
|
7485 ins_left()
|
|
7486 {
|
|
7487 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7488
|
|
7489 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7490 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7491 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7492 #endif
|
|
7493 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7494 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7495 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
7496 {
|
|
7497 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7498 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7499 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
7500 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
7501 revins_legal++;
|
|
7502 revins_chars++;
|
|
7503 #endif
|
|
7504 }
|
|
7505
|
|
7506 /*
|
|
7507 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
7508 * previous line
|
|
7509 */
|
|
7510 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
7511 {
|
|
7512 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7513 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
7514 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
7515 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
7516 }
|
|
7517 else
|
|
7518 vim_beep();
|
|
7519 }
|
|
7520
|
|
7521 static void
|
|
7522 ins_home(c)
|
|
7523 int c;
|
|
7524 {
|
|
7525 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7526
|
|
7527 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7528 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7529 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7530 #endif
|
|
7531 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7532 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7533 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
7534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
7535 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7536 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7537 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
7538 #endif
|
|
7539 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
7540 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7541 }
|
|
7542
|
|
7543 static void
|
|
7544 ins_end(c)
|
|
7545 int c;
|
|
7546 {
|
|
7547 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7548
|
|
7549 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7550 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7551 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7552 #endif
|
|
7553 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7554 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7555 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
7556 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
7557 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
7558 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
7559
|
|
7560 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7561 }
|
|
7562
|
|
7563 static void
|
|
7564 ins_s_left()
|
|
7565 {
|
|
7566 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7567 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7568 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7569 #endif
|
|
7570 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7571 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7572 {
|
|
7573 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7574 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
7575 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7576 }
|
|
7577 else
|
|
7578 vim_beep();
|
|
7579 }
|
|
7580
|
|
7581 static void
|
|
7582 ins_right()
|
|
7583 {
|
|
7584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7585 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7586 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7587 #endif
|
|
7588 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7589 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
7590 )
|
|
7591 {
|
|
7592 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7593 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7594 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
7595 if (virtual_active())
|
|
7596 oneright();
|
|
7597 else
|
|
7598 #endif
|
|
7599 {
|
|
7600 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7601 if (has_mbyte)
|
474
|
7602 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
7
|
7603 else
|
|
7604 #endif
|
|
7605 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7606 }
|
|
7607
|
|
7608 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
7609 revins_legal++;
|
|
7610 if (revins_chars)
|
|
7611 revins_chars--;
|
|
7612 #endif
|
|
7613 }
|
|
7614 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
7615 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
7616 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
7617 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
7618 {
|
|
7619 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7620 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7621 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
7622 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7623 }
|
|
7624 else
|
|
7625 vim_beep();
|
|
7626 }
|
|
7627
|
|
7628 static void
|
|
7629 ins_s_right()
|
|
7630 {
|
|
7631 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
7632 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
7633 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
7634 #endif
|
|
7635 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7636 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
7637 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
7638 {
|
|
7639 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
7640 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
7641 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
7642 }
|
|
7643 else
|
|
7644 vim_beep();
|
|
7645 }
|
|
7646
|
|
7647 static void
|
|
7648 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
7649 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
7650 {
|
|
7651 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7652 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
7653 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7654 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
7655 #endif
|
|
7656
|
|
7657 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7658 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7659 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
7660 {
|
|
7661 if (startcol)
|
|
7662 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
7663 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
7664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7665 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
7666 #endif
|
|
7667 )
|
|
7668 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
7669 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7670 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7671 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7672 #endif
|
|
7673 }
|
|
7674 else
|
|
7675 vim_beep();
|
|
7676 }
|
|
7677
|
|
7678 static void
|
|
7679 ins_pageup()
|
|
7680 {
|
|
7681 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7682
|
|
7683 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7684 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7685 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
7686 {
|
|
7687 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7689 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7690 #endif
|
|
7691 }
|
|
7692 else
|
|
7693 vim_beep();
|
|
7694 }
|
|
7695
|
|
7696 static void
|
|
7697 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
7698 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
7699 {
|
|
7700 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7701 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
7702 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7703 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
7704 #endif
|
|
7705
|
|
7706 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7707 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7708 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
7709 {
|
|
7710 if (startcol)
|
|
7711 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
7712 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
7713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
7714 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
7715 #endif
|
|
7716 )
|
|
7717 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
7718 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7719 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7720 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7721 #endif
|
|
7722 }
|
|
7723 else
|
|
7724 vim_beep();
|
|
7725 }
|
|
7726
|
|
7727 static void
|
|
7728 ins_pagedown()
|
|
7729 {
|
|
7730 pos_T tpos;
|
|
7731
|
|
7732 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7733 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7734 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
7735 {
|
|
7736 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7737 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7738 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
7739 #endif
|
|
7740 }
|
|
7741 else
|
|
7742 vim_beep();
|
|
7743 }
|
|
7744
|
|
7745 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
7746 static void
|
|
7747 ins_drop()
|
|
7748 {
|
|
7749 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
7750 }
|
|
7751 #endif
|
|
7752
|
|
7753 /*
|
|
7754 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
7755 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
7756 */
|
|
7757 static int
|
|
7758 ins_tab()
|
|
7759 {
|
|
7760 int ind;
|
|
7761 int i;
|
|
7762 int temp;
|
|
7763
|
|
7764 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
7765 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
7766 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
7767 return FALSE;
|
|
7768
|
|
7769 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
7770 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
7771 if (ind)
|
|
7772 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
7773 #endif
|
|
7774
|
|
7775 /*
|
|
7776 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
7777 */
|
|
7778 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
7779 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
7780 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
7781 return TRUE;
|
|
7782
|
|
7783 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7784 return TRUE;
|
|
7785
|
|
7786 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
7787 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
7788 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
7789 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
7790 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
7791 #endif
|
|
7792 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
7793
|
|
7794 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
7795 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
7796 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
7797 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
7798 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
7799 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
7800 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
7801
|
|
7802 /*
|
|
7803 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
7804 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
7805 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
7806 */
|
|
7807 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7808 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
7809 {
|
|
7810 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7811 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7812 ins_char(' ');
|
|
7813 else
|
|
7814 #endif
|
|
7815 {
|
|
7816 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
7817 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
7818 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7819 }
|
|
7820 }
|
|
7821
|
|
7822 /*
|
|
7823 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
7824 */
|
|
7825 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
7826 {
|
|
7827 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7828 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7829 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
7830 pos_T pos;
|
|
7831 #endif
|
|
7832 pos_T fpos;
|
|
7833 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
7834 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
7835 int change_col = -1;
|
|
7836 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
7837
|
|
7838 /*
|
|
7839 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
7840 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
7841 */
|
|
7842 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7843 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7844 {
|
|
7845 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7846 cursor = &pos;
|
|
7847 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7848 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
7849 return FALSE;
|
|
7850 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
7851 }
|
|
7852 else
|
|
7853 #endif
|
|
7854 {
|
|
7855 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
7856 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7857 }
|
|
7858
|
|
7859 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
7860 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
7861 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
7862
|
|
7863 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
7864 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7865 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
7866 {
|
|
7867 --fpos.col;
|
|
7868 --ptr;
|
|
7869 }
|
|
7870
|
|
7871 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
7872 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7873 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
7874 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7875 {
|
|
7876 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
7877 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
7878 }
|
|
7879
|
|
7880 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
7881 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7882 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
7883
|
|
7884 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
7885 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
7886 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
7887 {
|
|
7888 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
7889 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
7890 break;
|
|
7891 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
7892 {
|
|
7893 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
7894 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
7895 {
|
|
7896 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
7897 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
7898 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
7899 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
7900 }
|
|
7901 }
|
|
7902 ++fpos.col;
|
|
7903 ++ptr;
|
|
7904 vcol += i;
|
|
7905 }
|
|
7906
|
|
7907 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
7908 {
|
|
7909 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
7910
|
|
7911 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
7912 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
7913 {
|
|
7914 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
7915 ++ptr;
|
|
7916 ++repl_off;
|
|
7917 }
|
|
7918 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
7919 {
|
|
7920 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
7921 --ptr;
|
|
7922 --repl_off;
|
|
7923 }
|
|
7924 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
7925
|
|
7926 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
7927 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
7928 if (i > 0)
|
|
7929 {
|
|
7930 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
7931 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
7932 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7933 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7934 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7935 #endif
|
|
7936 )
|
|
7937 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
7938 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
7939 }
|
33
|
7940 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
7941 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
7942 {
|
|
7943 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
7944 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
7945 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
7946 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
7947 }
|
|
7948 #endif
|
7
|
7949 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
7950
|
|
7951 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7952 /*
|
|
7953 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
7954 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
7955 * spacing.
|
|
7956 */
|
|
7957 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7958 {
|
|
7959 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
7960 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
7961
|
|
7962 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
7963 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
7964 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
7965 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
7966 }
|
|
7967 #endif
|
|
7968 }
|
|
7969
|
|
7970 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
7971 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
7972 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
7973 #endif
|
|
7974 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
7975 }
|
|
7976
|
|
7977 return FALSE;
|
|
7978 }
|
|
7979
|
|
7980 /*
|
|
7981 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
7982 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
7983 */
|
|
7984 static int
|
|
7985 ins_eol(c)
|
|
7986 int c;
|
|
7987 {
|
|
7988 int i;
|
|
7989
|
|
7990 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
7991 return FALSE;
|
|
7992 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
7993 return TRUE;
|
|
7994 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
7995
|
|
7996 /*
|
|
7997 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
7998 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
7999 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
8000 */
|
|
8001 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8002 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8003 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8004 #endif
|
|
8005 )
|
|
8006 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
8007
|
|
8008 /*
|
|
8009 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
8010 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
8011 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
8012 * in open_line().
|
|
8013 */
|
|
8014
|
|
8015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8016 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
8017 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
8018 fkmap(NL);
|
|
8019 # endif
|
|
8020 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
8021 * current line. */
|
|
8022 if (revins_on)
|
|
8023 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
8024 #endif
|
|
8025
|
|
8026 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
8027 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
8028 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
8029 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
8030 #endif
|
|
8031 0, old_indent);
|
|
8032 old_indent = 0;
|
|
8033 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
8034 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
8035 #endif
|
|
8036
|
|
8037 return (!i);
|
|
8038 }
|
|
8039
|
|
8040 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
8041 /*
|
|
8042 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
8043 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
8044 * done.
|
|
8045 */
|
|
8046 static int
|
|
8047 ins_digraph()
|
|
8048 {
|
|
8049 int c;
|
|
8050 int cc;
|
|
8051
|
|
8052 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
8053 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8054 {
|
|
8055 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
8056 ins_redraw();
|
|
8057
|
|
8058 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
8059 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8060 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
8061 #endif
|
|
8062 }
|
|
8063
|
|
8064 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
8065 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
8066 #endif
|
|
8067
|
|
8068 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
8069 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
8070 ++no_mapping;
|
|
8071 ++allow_keys;
|
|
8072 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
8073 --no_mapping;
|
|
8074 --allow_keys;
|
|
8075 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
8076 {
|
|
8077 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8078 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8079 #endif
|
|
8080 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
8081 return NUL;
|
|
8082 }
|
|
8083 if (c != ESC)
|
|
8084 {
|
|
8085 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
8086 {
|
|
8087 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
8088 ins_redraw();
|
|
8089
|
|
8090 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
8091 {
|
|
8092 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
8093 * an ESC next */
|
|
8094 edit_unputchar();
|
|
8095 ins_redraw();
|
|
8096 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
8097 }
|
|
8098 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8099 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
8100 #endif
|
|
8101 }
|
|
8102 ++no_mapping;
|
|
8103 ++allow_keys;
|
|
8104 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
8105 --no_mapping;
|
|
8106 --allow_keys;
|
|
8107 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
8108 {
|
|
8109 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
8110 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
8111 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8112 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8113 #endif
|
|
8114 return c;
|
|
8115 }
|
|
8116 }
|
|
8117 edit_unputchar();
|
|
8118 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
8119 clear_showcmd();
|
|
8120 #endif
|
|
8121 return NUL;
|
|
8122 }
|
|
8123 #endif
|
|
8124
|
|
8125 /*
|
|
8126 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
8127 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
8128 */
|
|
8129 static int
|
|
8130 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
8131 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
8132 {
|
|
8133 int c;
|
|
8134 int temp;
|
|
8135 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
8136
|
|
8137 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
8138 {
|
|
8139 vim_beep();
|
|
8140 return NUL;
|
|
8141 }
|
|
8142
|
|
8143 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
8144 temp = 0;
|
|
8145 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
8146 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
8147 validate_virtcol();
|
|
8148 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
8149 {
|
|
8150 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
8151 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
8152 }
|
|
8153 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
8154 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
8155
|
|
8156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
8157 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
8158 #else
|
|
8159 c = *ptr;
|
|
8160 #endif
|
|
8161 if (c == NUL)
|
|
8162 vim_beep();
|
|
8163 return c;
|
|
8164 }
|
|
8165
|
449
|
8166 /*
|
|
8167 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
8168 */
|
|
8169 static int
|
|
8170 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
8171 int tc;
|
|
8172 {
|
|
8173 int c = tc;
|
|
8174
|
|
8175 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
8176 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
8177 {
|
|
8178 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
8179 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
8180 else
|
|
8181 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
8182 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
8183 }
|
|
8184 else
|
|
8185 #endif
|
|
8186 {
|
|
8187 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
8188 if (c != NUL)
|
|
8189 {
|
|
8190 long tw_save;
|
|
8191
|
|
8192 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
8193 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
8194 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
8195 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
8196 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
8197 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
8198 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
8199 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
8200 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
8201 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
8202 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
8203 revins_chars++;
|
|
8204 revins_legal++;
|
|
8205 #endif
|
|
8206 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
8207 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
8208 }
|
|
8209 }
|
|
8210 return c;
|
|
8211 }
|
|
8212
|
7
|
8213 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
8214 /*
|
|
8215 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
8216 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
8217 */
|
|
8218 static void
|
|
8219 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
8220 int c;
|
|
8221 {
|
|
8222 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
8223 char_u *ptr;
|
|
8224 int i;
|
|
8225 int temp;
|
|
8226
|
|
8227 /*
|
|
8228 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
8229 */
|
|
8230 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
8231 {
|
|
8232 /*
|
|
8233 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
8234 */
|
|
8235 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
8236 {
|
|
8237 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8238 /*
|
|
8239 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
8240 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
8241 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
8242 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
8243 * lines -- webb
|
|
8244 */
|
|
8245 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
8246 i = pos->col;
|
|
8247 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
8248 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
8249 ;
|
|
8250 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
8251 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
8252 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
8253 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
8254 i = get_indent();
|
|
8255 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8256 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
8257 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
8258 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
8259 else
|
|
8260 #endif
|
|
8261 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8262 }
|
|
8263 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
8264 {
|
|
8265 /*
|
|
8266 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
8267 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
8268 */
|
|
8269 temp = TRUE;
|
|
8270 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8271 {
|
|
8272 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
8273 i = get_indent();
|
|
8274 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
8275 {
|
|
8276 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
8277
|
|
8278 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
8279 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
8280 break;
|
|
8281 }
|
|
8282 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
8283 temp = FALSE;
|
|
8284 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
8285 }
|
|
8286 if (temp)
|
|
8287 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
8288 }
|
|
8289 }
|
|
8290
|
|
8291 /*
|
|
8292 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
8293 */
|
|
8294 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
8295 {
|
|
8296 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
8297 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
8298 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
8299 }
|
|
8300
|
|
8301 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
8302 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
8303 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
8304 }
|
|
8305 #endif
|
|
8306
|
|
8307 /*
|
|
8308 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
8309 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
8310 */
|
|
8311 static colnr_T
|
|
8312 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
8313 {
|
|
8314 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
8315 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
8316 validate_virtcol();
|
|
8317 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
8318 }
|